Merge commit 'v2.6.29-rc1' into x86/urgent
This commit is contained in:
commit
f45ac22ae2
1
.mailmap
1
.mailmap
|
@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
|
||||||
Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
|
Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
|
||||||
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
|
David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
|
||||||
David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org>
|
David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org>
|
||||||
|
Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
|
||||||
Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
|
Domen Puncer <domen@coderock.org>
|
||||||
Douglas Gilbert <dougg@torque.net>
|
Douglas Gilbert <dougg@torque.net>
|
||||||
Ed L. Cashin <ecashin@coraid.com>
|
Ed L. Cashin <ecashin@coraid.com>
|
||||||
|
|
19
CREDITS
19
CREDITS
|
@ -464,6 +464,11 @@ S: 1200 Goldenrod Dr.
|
||||||
S: Nampa, Idaho 83686
|
S: Nampa, Idaho 83686
|
||||||
S: USA
|
S: USA
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
N: Dirk J. Brandewie
|
||||||
|
E: dirk.j.brandewie@intel.com
|
||||||
|
E: linux-wimax@intel.com
|
||||||
|
D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 SDIO driver
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
N: Derrick J. Brashear
|
N: Derrick J. Brashear
|
||||||
E: shadow@dementia.org
|
E: shadow@dementia.org
|
||||||
W: http://www.dementia.org/~shadow
|
W: http://www.dementia.org/~shadow
|
||||||
|
@ -1681,7 +1686,7 @@ E: ajoshi@shell.unixbox.com
|
||||||
D: fbdev hacking
|
D: fbdev hacking
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
N: Jesper Juhl
|
N: Jesper Juhl
|
||||||
E: jesper.juhl@gmail.com
|
E: jj@chaosbits.net
|
||||||
D: Various fixes, cleanups and minor features all over the tree.
|
D: Various fixes, cleanups and minor features all over the tree.
|
||||||
D: Wrote initial version of the hdaps driver (since passed on to others).
|
D: Wrote initial version of the hdaps driver (since passed on to others).
|
||||||
S: Lemnosvej 1, 3.tv
|
S: Lemnosvej 1, 3.tv
|
||||||
|
@ -2119,6 +2124,11 @@ N: H.J. Lu
|
||||||
E: hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
E: hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu
|
||||||
D: GCC + libraries hacker
|
D: GCC + libraries hacker
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
N: Yanir Lubetkin
|
||||||
|
E: yanirx.lubatkin@intel.com
|
||||||
|
E: linux-wimax@intel.com
|
||||||
|
D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
N: Michal Ludvig
|
N: Michal Ludvig
|
||||||
E: michal@logix.cz
|
E: michal@logix.cz
|
||||||
E: michal.ludvig@asterisk.co.nz
|
E: michal.ludvig@asterisk.co.nz
|
||||||
|
@ -2693,6 +2703,13 @@ S: RR #5, 497 Pole Line Road
|
||||||
S: Thunder Bay, Ontario
|
S: Thunder Bay, Ontario
|
||||||
S: CANADA P7C 5M9
|
S: CANADA P7C 5M9
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
N: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
|
||||||
|
E: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
|
||||||
|
E: linux-wimax@intel.com
|
||||||
|
E: inakypg@yahoo.com
|
||||||
|
D: WiMAX stack
|
||||||
|
D: Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400 driver
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
N: Yuri Per
|
N: Yuri Per
|
||||||
E: yuri@pts.mipt.ru
|
E: yuri@pts.mipt.ru
|
||||||
D: Some smbfs fixes
|
D: Some smbfs fixes
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -3,8 +3,9 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
state. This holds the regulator output state.
|
state. This reports the regulator enable status, for
|
||||||
|
regulators which can report that value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This will be one of the following strings:
|
This will be one of the following strings:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -18,7 +19,8 @@ Description:
|
||||||
'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not
|
'disabled' means the regulator output is OFF and is not
|
||||||
supplying power to the system..
|
supplying power to the system..
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
'unknown' means software cannot determine the state.
|
'unknown' means software cannot determine the state, or
|
||||||
|
the reported state is invalid.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts
|
NOTE: this field can be used in conjunction with microvolts
|
||||||
and microamps to determine regulator output levels.
|
and microamps to determine regulator output levels.
|
||||||
|
@ -53,9 +55,10 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
|
microvolts. This holds the regulator output voltage setting
|
||||||
measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts).
|
measured in microvolts (i.e. E-6 Volts), for regulators
|
||||||
|
which can report that voltage.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
|
NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
|
||||||
output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of
|
output voltage level as this value is the same regardless of
|
||||||
|
@ -67,9 +70,10 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
|
microamps. This holds the regulator output current limit
|
||||||
setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps).
|
setting measured in microamps (i.e. E-6 Amps), for regulators
|
||||||
|
which can report that current.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
|
NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
|
||||||
output current level as this value is the same regardless of
|
output current level as this value is the same regardless of
|
||||||
|
@ -81,8 +85,9 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
opmode. This holds the regulator operating mode setting.
|
opmode. This holds the current regulator operating mode,
|
||||||
|
for regulators which can report it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
|
The opmode value can be one of the following strings:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -92,7 +97,7 @@ Description:
|
||||||
'standby'
|
'standby'
|
||||||
'unknown'
|
'unknown'
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/regulator.h
|
The modes are described in include/linux/regulator/consumer.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
|
NOTE: This value should not be used to determine the regulator
|
||||||
output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of
|
output operating mode as this value is the same regardless of
|
||||||
|
@ -104,9 +109,10 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
|
min_microvolts. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
|
||||||
output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts.
|
output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
|
||||||
|
for regulators which support voltage constraints.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
||||||
the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by
|
the power domain has no min microvolts constraint defined by
|
||||||
|
@ -118,9 +124,10 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
|
max_microvolts. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
|
||||||
output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts.
|
output voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts,
|
||||||
|
for regulators which support voltage constraints.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
||||||
the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by
|
the power domain has no max microvolts constraint defined by
|
||||||
|
@ -132,10 +139,10 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
|
min_microamps. This holds the minimum safe working regulator
|
||||||
output current limit setting for this domain measured in
|
output current limit setting for this domain measured in
|
||||||
microamps.
|
microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
||||||
the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by
|
the power domain has no min microamps constraint defined by
|
||||||
|
@ -147,10 +154,10 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
|
max_microamps. This holds the maximum safe working regulator
|
||||||
output current limit setting for this domain measured in
|
output current limit setting for this domain measured in
|
||||||
microamps.
|
microamps, for regulators which support current constraints.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
NOTE: this will return the string 'constraint not defined' if
|
||||||
the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by
|
the power domain has no max microamps constraint defined by
|
||||||
|
@ -185,7 +192,7 @@ Date: April 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
|
requested_microamps. This holds the total requested load
|
||||||
current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer
|
current in microamps for this regulator from all its consumer
|
||||||
devices.
|
devices.
|
||||||
|
@ -204,125 +211,102 @@ Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
suspend_mem_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
||||||
voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
|
voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
|
||||||
the system is suspended to memory.
|
the system is suspended to memory, for voltage regulators
|
||||||
|
implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'not defined' if
|
|
||||||
the power domain has no suspend to memory voltage defined by
|
|
||||||
platform code.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_microvolts
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
suspend_disk_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
||||||
voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
|
voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
|
||||||
the system is suspended to disk.
|
the system is suspended to disk, for voltage regulators
|
||||||
|
implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'not defined' if
|
|
||||||
the power domain has no suspend to disk voltage defined by
|
|
||||||
platform code.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_microvolts
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
suspend_standby_microvolts. This holds the regulator output
|
||||||
voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
|
voltage setting for this domain measured in microvolts when
|
||||||
the system is suspended to standby.
|
the system is suspended to standby, for voltage regulators
|
||||||
|
implementing suspend voltage configuration constraints.
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'not defined' if
|
|
||||||
the power domain has no suspend to standby voltage defined by
|
|
||||||
platform code.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_mode
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
suspend_mem_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
||||||
setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
|
setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
|
||||||
memory.
|
memory, for regulators implementing suspend mode
|
||||||
|
configuration constraints.
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'not defined' if
|
|
||||||
the power domain has no suspend to memory mode defined by
|
|
||||||
platform code.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_mode
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
suspend_disk_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
||||||
setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk.
|
setting for this domain when the system is suspended to disk,
|
||||||
|
for regulators implementing suspend mode configuration
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'not defined' if
|
constraints.
|
||||||
the power domain has no suspend to disk mode defined by
|
|
||||||
platform code.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_mode
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
suspend_standby_mode. This holds the regulator operating mode
|
||||||
setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
|
setting for this domain when the system is suspended to
|
||||||
standby.
|
standby, for regulators implementing suspend mode
|
||||||
|
configuration constraints.
|
||||||
NOTE: this will return the string 'not defined' if
|
|
||||||
the power domain has no suspend to standby mode defined by
|
|
||||||
platform code.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_mem_state
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
|
suspend_mem_state. This holds the regulator operating state
|
||||||
when suspended to memory.
|
when suspended to memory, for regulators implementing suspend
|
||||||
|
configuration constraints.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This will be one of the following strings:
|
This will be one of the same strings reported by
|
||||||
|
the "state" attribute.
|
||||||
'enabled'
|
|
||||||
'disabled'
|
|
||||||
'not defined'
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_disk_state
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
|
suspend_disk_state. This holds the regulator operating state
|
||||||
when suspended to disk.
|
when suspended to disk, for regulators implementing
|
||||||
|
suspend configuration constraints.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This will be one of the following strings:
|
This will be one of the same strings reported by
|
||||||
|
the "state" attribute.
|
||||||
'enabled'
|
|
||||||
'disabled'
|
|
||||||
'not defined'
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
|
What: /sys/class/regulator/.../suspend_standby_state
|
||||||
Date: May 2008
|
Date: May 2008
|
||||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
KernelVersion: 2.6.26
|
||||||
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
Contact: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
Each regulator directory will contain a field called
|
Some regulator directories will contain a field called
|
||||||
suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
|
suspend_standby_state. This holds the regulator operating
|
||||||
state when suspended to standby.
|
state when suspended to standby, for regulators implementing
|
||||||
|
suspend configuration constraints.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This will be one of the following strings:
|
This will be one of the same strings reported by
|
||||||
|
the "state" attribute.
|
||||||
'enabled'
|
|
||||||
'disabled'
|
|
||||||
'not defined'
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -6,7 +6,6 @@ Description:
|
||||||
internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be
|
internal state of the kernel memory blocks. Files could be
|
||||||
added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
|
added or removed dynamically to represent hot-add/remove
|
||||||
operations.
|
operations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools
|
Users: hotplug memory add/remove tools
|
||||||
https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
|
https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -19,6 +18,56 @@ Description:
|
||||||
This is useful for a user-level agent to determine
|
This is useful for a user-level agent to determine
|
||||||
identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
|
identify removable sections of the memory before attempting
|
||||||
potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
|
potentially expensive hot-remove memory operation
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
|
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
|
||||||
https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
|
https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
|
||||||
|
Date: September 2008
|
||||||
|
Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
|
||||||
|
Description:
|
||||||
|
The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_device
|
||||||
|
is read-only and is designed to show the name of physical
|
||||||
|
memory device. Implementation is currently incomplete.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
|
||||||
|
Date: September 2008
|
||||||
|
Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
|
||||||
|
Description:
|
||||||
|
The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/phys_index
|
||||||
|
is read-only and contains the section ID in hexadecimal
|
||||||
|
which is equivalent to decimal X contained in the
|
||||||
|
memory section directory name.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
What: /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
|
||||||
|
Date: September 2008
|
||||||
|
Contact: Badari Pulavarty <pbadari@us.ibm.com>
|
||||||
|
Description:
|
||||||
|
The file /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
|
||||||
|
is read-write. When read, it's contents show the
|
||||||
|
online/offline state of the memory section. When written,
|
||||||
|
root can toggle the the online/offline state of a removable
|
||||||
|
memory section (see removable file description above)
|
||||||
|
using the following commands.
|
||||||
|
# echo online > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
|
||||||
|
# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryX/state
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For example, if /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/removable
|
||||||
|
contains a value of 1 and
|
||||||
|
/sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state contains the
|
||||||
|
string "online" the following command can be executed by
|
||||||
|
by root to offline that section.
|
||||||
|
# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memory22/state
|
||||||
|
Users: hotplug memory remove tools
|
||||||
|
https://w3.opensource.ibm.com/projects/powerpc-utils/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
What: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY
|
||||||
|
Date: September 2008
|
||||||
|
Contact: Gary Hade <garyhade@us.ibm.com>
|
||||||
|
Description:
|
||||||
|
When CONFIG_NUMA is enabled
|
||||||
|
/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memoryY is a symbolic link that
|
||||||
|
points to the corresponding /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryY
|
||||||
|
memory section directory. For example, the following symbolic
|
||||||
|
link is created for memory section 9 on node0.
|
||||||
|
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ mapped only for the time they are actually used and unmapped after the DMA
|
||||||
transfer.
|
transfer.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such
|
The following API will work of course even on platforms where no such
|
||||||
hardware exists, see e.g. include/asm-i386/pci.h for how it is implemented on
|
hardware exists, see e.g. arch/x86/include/asm/pci.h for how it is implemented on
|
||||||
top of the virt_to_bus interface.
|
top of the virt_to_bus interface.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
First of all, you should make sure
|
First of all, you should make sure
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml \
|
||||||
kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
|
kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \
|
||||||
gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
|
gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \
|
||||||
genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
|
genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml uio-howto.xml scsi.xml \
|
||||||
mac80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml
|
mac80211.xml debugobjects.xml sh.xml regulator.xml
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
###
|
###
|
||||||
# The build process is as follows (targets):
|
# The build process is as follows (targets):
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -74,6 +74,14 @@
|
||||||
!Enet/sunrpc/rpcb_clnt.c
|
!Enet/sunrpc/rpcb_clnt.c
|
||||||
!Enet/sunrpc/clnt.c
|
!Enet/sunrpc/clnt.c
|
||||||
</sect1>
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
<sect1><title>WiMAX</title>
|
||||||
|
!Enet/wimax/op-msg.c
|
||||||
|
!Enet/wimax/op-reset.c
|
||||||
|
!Enet/wimax/op-rfkill.c
|
||||||
|
!Enet/wimax/stack.c
|
||||||
|
!Iinclude/net/wimax.h
|
||||||
|
!Iinclude/linux/wimax.h
|
||||||
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
</chapter>
|
</chapter>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<chapter id="netdev">
|
<chapter id="netdev">
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
|
||||||
|
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
|
||||||
|
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
|
||||||
|
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<book id="regulator-api">
|
||||||
|
<bookinfo>
|
||||||
|
<title>Voltage and current regulator API</title>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<authorgroup>
|
||||||
|
<author>
|
||||||
|
<firstname>Liam</firstname>
|
||||||
|
<surname>Girdwood</surname>
|
||||||
|
<affiliation>
|
||||||
|
<address>
|
||||||
|
<email>lrg@slimlogic.co.uk</email>
|
||||||
|
</address>
|
||||||
|
</affiliation>
|
||||||
|
</author>
|
||||||
|
<author>
|
||||||
|
<firstname>Mark</firstname>
|
||||||
|
<surname>Brown</surname>
|
||||||
|
<affiliation>
|
||||||
|
<orgname>Wolfson Microelectronics</orgname>
|
||||||
|
<address>
|
||||||
|
<email>broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com</email>
|
||||||
|
</address>
|
||||||
|
</affiliation>
|
||||||
|
</author>
|
||||||
|
</authorgroup>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<copyright>
|
||||||
|
<year>2007-2008</year>
|
||||||
|
<holder>Wolfson Microelectronics</holder>
|
||||||
|
</copyright>
|
||||||
|
<copyright>
|
||||||
|
<year>2008</year>
|
||||||
|
<holder>Liam Girdwood</holder>
|
||||||
|
</copyright>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<legalnotice>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
This documentation is free software; you can redistribute
|
||||||
|
it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be
|
||||||
|
useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied
|
||||||
|
warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||||
|
See the GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
|
||||||
|
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
|
||||||
|
Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
|
||||||
|
MA 02111-1307 USA
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
For more details see the file COPYING in the source
|
||||||
|
distribution of Linux.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</legalnotice>
|
||||||
|
</bookinfo>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<toc></toc>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<chapter id="intro">
|
||||||
|
<title>Introduction</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
This framework is designed to provide a standard kernel
|
||||||
|
interface to control voltage and current regulators.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
The intention is to allow systems to dynamically control
|
||||||
|
regulator power output in order to save power and prolong
|
||||||
|
battery life. This applies to both voltage regulators (where
|
||||||
|
voltage output is controllable) and current sinks (where current
|
||||||
|
limit is controllable).
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Note that additional (and currently more complete) documentation
|
||||||
|
is available in the Linux kernel source under
|
||||||
|
<filename>Documentation/power/regulator</filename>.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<sect1 id="glossary">
|
||||||
|
<title>Glossary</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
The regulator API uses a number of terms which may not be
|
||||||
|
familiar:
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<glossary>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<glossentry>
|
||||||
|
<glossterm>Regulator</glossterm>
|
||||||
|
<glossdef>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Electronic device that supplies power to other devices. Most
|
||||||
|
regulators can enable and disable their output and some can also
|
||||||
|
control their output voltage or current.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</glossdef>
|
||||||
|
</glossentry>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<glossentry>
|
||||||
|
<glossterm>Consumer</glossterm>
|
||||||
|
<glossdef>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Electronic device which consumes power provided by a regulator.
|
||||||
|
These may either be static, requiring only a fixed supply, or
|
||||||
|
dynamic, requiring active management of the regulator at
|
||||||
|
runtime.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</glossdef>
|
||||||
|
</glossentry>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<glossentry>
|
||||||
|
<glossterm>Power Domain</glossterm>
|
||||||
|
<glossdef>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
The electronic circuit supplied by a given regulator, including
|
||||||
|
the regulator and all consumer devices. The configuration of
|
||||||
|
the regulator is shared between all the components in the
|
||||||
|
circuit.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</glossdef>
|
||||||
|
</glossentry>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<glossentry>
|
||||||
|
<glossterm>Power Management Integrated Circuit</glossterm>
|
||||||
|
<acronym>PMIC</acronym>
|
||||||
|
<glossdef>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
An IC which contains numerous regulators and often also other
|
||||||
|
subsystems. In an embedded system the primary PMIC is often
|
||||||
|
equivalent to a combination of the PSU and southbridge in a
|
||||||
|
desktop system.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</glossdef>
|
||||||
|
</glossentry>
|
||||||
|
</glossary>
|
||||||
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
</chapter>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<chapter id="consumer">
|
||||||
|
<title>Consumer driver interface</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
This offers a similar API to the kernel clock framework.
|
||||||
|
Consumer drivers use <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-get'>get</link> and <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-put'>put</link> operations to acquire and
|
||||||
|
release regulators. Functions are
|
||||||
|
provided to <link linkend='API-regulator-enable'>enable</link>
|
||||||
|
and <link linkend='API-regulator-disable'>disable</link> the
|
||||||
|
reguator and to get and set the runtime parameters of the
|
||||||
|
regulator.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
When requesting regulators consumers use symbolic names for their
|
||||||
|
supplies, such as "Vcc", which are mapped into actual regulator
|
||||||
|
devices by the machine interface.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
A stub version of this API is provided when the regulator
|
||||||
|
framework is not in use in order to minimise the need to use
|
||||||
|
ifdefs.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<sect1 id="consumer-enable">
|
||||||
|
<title>Enabling and disabling</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
The regulator API provides reference counted enabling and
|
||||||
|
disabling of regulators. Consumer devices use the <function><link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-enable'>regulator_enable</link></function>
|
||||||
|
and <function><link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-disable'>regulator_disable</link>
|
||||||
|
</function> functions to enable and disable regulators. Calls
|
||||||
|
to the two functions must be balanced.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Note that since multiple consumers may be using a regulator and
|
||||||
|
machine constraints may not allow the regulator to be disabled
|
||||||
|
there is no guarantee that calling
|
||||||
|
<function>regulator_disable</function> will actually cause the
|
||||||
|
supply provided by the regulator to be disabled. Consumer
|
||||||
|
drivers should assume that the regulator may be enabled at all
|
||||||
|
times.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<sect1 id="consumer-config">
|
||||||
|
<title>Configuration</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Some consumer devices may need to be able to dynamically
|
||||||
|
configure their supplies. For example, MMC drivers may need to
|
||||||
|
select the correct operating voltage for their cards. This may
|
||||||
|
be done while the regulator is enabled or disabled.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
The <function><link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-set-voltage'>regulator_set_voltage</link>
|
||||||
|
</function> and <function><link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-set-current-limit'
|
||||||
|
>regulator_set_current_limit</link>
|
||||||
|
</function> functions provide the primary interface for this.
|
||||||
|
Both take ranges of voltages and currents, supporting drivers
|
||||||
|
that do not require a specific value (eg, CPU frequency scaling
|
||||||
|
normally permits the CPU to use a wider range of supply
|
||||||
|
voltages at lower frequencies but does not require that the
|
||||||
|
supply voltage be lowered). Where an exact value is required
|
||||||
|
both minimum and maximum values should be identical.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<sect1 id="consumer-callback">
|
||||||
|
<title>Callbacks</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Callbacks may also be <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-register-notifier'>registered</link>
|
||||||
|
for events such as regulation failures.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
</chapter>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<chapter id="driver">
|
||||||
|
<title>Regulator driver interface</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Drivers for regulator chips <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-register'>register</link> the regulators
|
||||||
|
with the regulator core, providing operations structures to the
|
||||||
|
core. A <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-regulator-notifier-call-chain'>notifier</link> interface
|
||||||
|
allows error conditions to be reported to the core.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Registration should be triggered by explicit setup done by the
|
||||||
|
platform, supplying a <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-struct-regulator-init-data'>struct
|
||||||
|
regulator_init_data</link> for the regulator containing
|
||||||
|
<link linkend='machine-constraint'>constraint</link> and
|
||||||
|
<link linkend='machine-supply'>supply</link> information.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</chapter>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<chapter id="machine">
|
||||||
|
<title>Machine interface</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
This interface provides a way to define how regulators are
|
||||||
|
connected to consumers on a given system and what the valid
|
||||||
|
operating parameters are for the system.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<sect1 id="machine-supply">
|
||||||
|
<title>Supplies</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Regulator supplies are specified using <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-struct-regulator-consumer-supply'>struct
|
||||||
|
regulator_consumer_supply</link>. This is done at
|
||||||
|
<link linkend='driver'>driver registration
|
||||||
|
time</link> as part of the machine constraints.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<sect1 id="machine-constraint">
|
||||||
|
<title>Constraints</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
As well as definining the connections the machine interface
|
||||||
|
also provides constraints definining the operations that
|
||||||
|
clients are allowed to perform and the parameters that may be
|
||||||
|
set. This is required since generally regulator devices will
|
||||||
|
offer more flexibility than it is safe to use on a given
|
||||||
|
system, for example supporting higher supply voltages than the
|
||||||
|
consumers are rated for.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
This is done at <link linkend='driver'>driver
|
||||||
|
registration time</link> by providing a <link
|
||||||
|
linkend='API-struct-regulation-constraints'>struct
|
||||||
|
regulation_constraints</link>.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
The constraints may also specify an initial configuration for the
|
||||||
|
regulator in the constraints, which is particularly useful for
|
||||||
|
use with static consumers.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
</chapter>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<chapter id="api">
|
||||||
|
<title>API reference</title>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Due to limitations of the kernel documentation framework and the
|
||||||
|
existing layout of the source code the entire regulator API is
|
||||||
|
documented here.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
!Iinclude/linux/regulator/consumer.h
|
||||||
|
!Iinclude/linux/regulator/machine.h
|
||||||
|
!Iinclude/linux/regulator/driver.h
|
||||||
|
!Edrivers/regulator/core.c
|
||||||
|
</chapter>
|
||||||
|
</book>
|
|
@ -41,6 +41,12 @@ GPL version 2.
|
||||||
</abstract>
|
</abstract>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<revhistory>
|
<revhistory>
|
||||||
|
<revision>
|
||||||
|
<revnumber>0.6</revnumber>
|
||||||
|
<date>2008-12-05</date>
|
||||||
|
<authorinitials>hjk</authorinitials>
|
||||||
|
<revremark>Added description of portio sysfs attributes.</revremark>
|
||||||
|
</revision>
|
||||||
<revision>
|
<revision>
|
||||||
<revnumber>0.5</revnumber>
|
<revnumber>0.5</revnumber>
|
||||||
<date>2008-05-22</date>
|
<date>2008-05-22</date>
|
||||||
|
@ -318,6 +324,54 @@ interested in translating it, please email me
|
||||||
offset = N * getpagesize();
|
offset = N * getpagesize();
|
||||||
</programlisting>
|
</programlisting>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Sometimes there is hardware with memory-like regions that can not be
|
||||||
|
mapped with the technique described here, but there are still ways to
|
||||||
|
access them from userspace. The most common example are x86 ioports.
|
||||||
|
On x86 systems, userspace can access these ioports using
|
||||||
|
<function>ioperm()</function>, <function>iopl()</function>,
|
||||||
|
<function>inb()</function>, <function>outb()</function>, and similar
|
||||||
|
functions.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Since these ioport regions can not be mapped, they will not appear under
|
||||||
|
<filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/maps/</filename> like the normal memory
|
||||||
|
described above. Without information about the port regions a hardware
|
||||||
|
has to offer, it becomes difficult for the userspace part of the
|
||||||
|
driver to find out which ports belong to which UIO device.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
To address this situation, the new directory
|
||||||
|
<filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/portio/</filename> was added. It only
|
||||||
|
exists if the driver wants to pass information about one or more port
|
||||||
|
regions to userspace. If that is the case, subdirectories named
|
||||||
|
<filename>port0</filename>, <filename>port1</filename>, and so on,
|
||||||
|
will appear underneath
|
||||||
|
<filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/portio/</filename>.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Each <filename>portX/</filename> directory contains three read-only
|
||||||
|
files that show start, size, and type of the port region:
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
<itemizedlist>
|
||||||
|
<listitem>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
<filename>start</filename>: The first port of this region.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</listitem>
|
||||||
|
<listitem>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
<filename>size</filename>: The number of ports in this region.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</listitem>
|
||||||
|
<listitem>
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
<filename>porttype</filename>: A string describing the type of port.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
</listitem>
|
||||||
|
</itemizedlist>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
</sect1>
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
</chapter>
|
</chapter>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -339,12 +393,12 @@ offset = N * getpagesize();
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<itemizedlist>
|
<itemizedlist>
|
||||||
<listitem><para>
|
<listitem><para>
|
||||||
<varname>char *name</varname>: Required. The name of your driver as
|
<varname>const char *name</varname>: Required. The name of your driver as
|
||||||
it will appear in sysfs. I recommend using the name of your module for this.
|
it will appear in sysfs. I recommend using the name of your module for this.
|
||||||
</para></listitem>
|
</para></listitem>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<listitem><para>
|
<listitem><para>
|
||||||
<varname>char *version</varname>: Required. This string appears in
|
<varname>const char *version</varname>: Required. This string appears in
|
||||||
<filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/version</filename>.
|
<filename>/sys/class/uio/uioX/version</filename>.
|
||||||
</para></listitem>
|
</para></listitem>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -355,6 +409,13 @@ mapping you need to fill one of the <varname>uio_mem</varname> structures.
|
||||||
See the description below for details.
|
See the description below for details.
|
||||||
</para></listitem>
|
</para></listitem>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<listitem><para>
|
||||||
|
<varname>struct uio_port port[ MAX_UIO_PORTS_REGIONS ]</varname>: Required
|
||||||
|
if you want to pass information about ioports to userspace. For each port
|
||||||
|
region you need to fill one of the <varname>uio_port</varname> structures.
|
||||||
|
See the description below for details.
|
||||||
|
</para></listitem>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<listitem><para>
|
<listitem><para>
|
||||||
<varname>long irq</varname>: Required. If your hardware generates an
|
<varname>long irq</varname>: Required. If your hardware generates an
|
||||||
interrupt, it's your modules task to determine the irq number during
|
interrupt, it's your modules task to determine the irq number during
|
||||||
|
@ -448,6 +509,42 @@ Please do not touch the <varname>kobj</varname> element of
|
||||||
<varname>struct uio_mem</varname>! It is used by the UIO framework
|
<varname>struct uio_mem</varname>! It is used by the UIO framework
|
||||||
to set up sysfs files for this mapping. Simply leave it alone.
|
to set up sysfs files for this mapping. Simply leave it alone.
|
||||||
</para>
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Sometimes, your device can have one or more port regions which can not be
|
||||||
|
mapped to userspace. But if there are other possibilities for userspace to
|
||||||
|
access these ports, it makes sense to make information about the ports
|
||||||
|
available in sysfs. For each region, you have to set up a
|
||||||
|
<varname>struct uio_port</varname> in the <varname>port[]</varname> array.
|
||||||
|
Here's a description of the fields of <varname>struct uio_port</varname>:
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<itemizedlist>
|
||||||
|
<listitem><para>
|
||||||
|
<varname>char *porttype</varname>: Required. Set this to one of the predefined
|
||||||
|
constants. Use <varname>UIO_PORT_X86</varname> for the ioports found in x86
|
||||||
|
architectures.
|
||||||
|
</para></listitem>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<listitem><para>
|
||||||
|
<varname>unsigned long start</varname>: Required if the port region is used.
|
||||||
|
Fill in the number of the first port of this region.
|
||||||
|
</para></listitem>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<listitem><para>
|
||||||
|
<varname>unsigned long size</varname>: Fill in the number of ports in this
|
||||||
|
region. If <varname>size</varname> is zero, the region is considered unused.
|
||||||
|
Note that you <emphasis>must</emphasis> initialize <varname>size</varname>
|
||||||
|
with zero for all unused regions.
|
||||||
|
</para></listitem>
|
||||||
|
</itemizedlist>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
<para>
|
||||||
|
Please do not touch the <varname>portio</varname> element of
|
||||||
|
<varname>struct uio_port</varname>! It is used internally by the UIO
|
||||||
|
framework to set up sysfs files for this region. Simply leave it alone.
|
||||||
|
</para>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
</sect1>
|
</sect1>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
<sect1 id="adding_irq_handler">
|
<sect1 id="adding_irq_handler">
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -294,7 +294,8 @@ NOTE: pci_enable_device() can fail! Check the return value.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
pci_set_master() will enable DMA by setting the bus master bit
|
pci_set_master() will enable DMA by setting the bus master bit
|
||||||
in the PCI_COMMAND register. It also fixes the latency timer value if
|
in the PCI_COMMAND register. It also fixes the latency timer value if
|
||||||
it's set to something bogus by the BIOS.
|
it's set to something bogus by the BIOS. pci_clear_master() will
|
||||||
|
disable DMA by clearing the bus master bit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If the PCI device can use the PCI Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction,
|
If the PCI device can use the PCI Memory-Write-Invalidate transaction,
|
||||||
call pci_set_mwi(). This enables the PCI_COMMAND bit for Mem-Wr-Inval
|
call pci_set_mwi(). This enables the PCI_COMMAND bit for Mem-Wr-Inval
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ rcuref.txt
|
||||||
- Reference-count design for elements of lists/arrays protected by RCU
|
- Reference-count design for elements of lists/arrays protected by RCU
|
||||||
rcu.txt
|
rcu.txt
|
||||||
- RCU Concepts
|
- RCU Concepts
|
||||||
|
rcubarrier.txt
|
||||||
|
- Unloading modules that use RCU callbacks
|
||||||
RTFP.txt
|
RTFP.txt
|
||||||
- List of RCU papers (bibliography) going back to 1980.
|
- List of RCU papers (bibliography) going back to 1980.
|
||||||
torture.txt
|
torture.txt
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
|
||||||
|
RCU and Unloadable Modules
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
[Originally published in LWN Jan. 14, 2007: http://lwn.net/Articles/217484/]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
RCU (read-copy update) is a synchronization mechanism that can be thought
|
||||||
|
of as a replacement for read-writer locking (among other things), but with
|
||||||
|
very low-overhead readers that are immune to deadlock, priority inversion,
|
||||||
|
and unbounded latency. RCU read-side critical sections are delimited
|
||||||
|
by rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(), which, in non-CONFIG_PREEMPT
|
||||||
|
kernels, generate no code whatsoever.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This means that RCU writers are unaware of the presence of concurrent
|
||||||
|
readers, so that RCU updates to shared data must be undertaken quite
|
||||||
|
carefully, leaving an old version of the data structure in place until all
|
||||||
|
pre-existing readers have finished. These old versions are needed because
|
||||||
|
such readers might hold a reference to them. RCU updates can therefore be
|
||||||
|
rather expensive, and RCU is thus best suited for read-mostly situations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
How can an RCU writer possibly determine when all readers are finished,
|
||||||
|
given that readers might well leave absolutely no trace of their
|
||||||
|
presence? There is a synchronize_rcu() primitive that blocks until all
|
||||||
|
pre-existing readers have completed. An updater wishing to delete an
|
||||||
|
element p from a linked list might do the following, while holding an
|
||||||
|
appropriate lock, of course:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
list_del_rcu(p);
|
||||||
|
synchronize_rcu();
|
||||||
|
kfree(p);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
But the above code cannot be used in IRQ context -- the call_rcu()
|
||||||
|
primitive must be used instead. This primitive takes a pointer to an
|
||||||
|
rcu_head struct placed within the RCU-protected data structure and
|
||||||
|
another pointer to a function that may be invoked later to free that
|
||||||
|
structure. Code to delete an element p from the linked list from IRQ
|
||||||
|
context might then be as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
list_del_rcu(p);
|
||||||
|
call_rcu(&p->rcu, p_callback);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Since call_rcu() never blocks, this code can safely be used from within
|
||||||
|
IRQ context. The function p_callback() might be defined as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static void p_callback(struct rcu_head *rp)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
struct pstruct *p = container_of(rp, struct pstruct, rcu);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
kfree(p);
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Unloading Modules That Use call_rcu()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
But what if p_callback is defined in an unloadable module?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If we unload the module while some RCU callbacks are pending,
|
||||||
|
the CPUs executing these callbacks are going to be severely
|
||||||
|
disappointed when they are later invoked, as fancifully depicted at
|
||||||
|
http://lwn.net/images/ns/kernel/rcu-drop.jpg.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We could try placing a synchronize_rcu() in the module-exit code path,
|
||||||
|
but this is not sufficient. Although synchronize_rcu() does wait for a
|
||||||
|
grace period to elapse, it does not wait for the callbacks to complete.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
One might be tempted to try several back-to-back synchronize_rcu()
|
||||||
|
calls, but this is still not guaranteed to work. If there is a very
|
||||||
|
heavy RCU-callback load, then some of the callbacks might be deferred
|
||||||
|
in order to allow other processing to proceed. Such deferral is required
|
||||||
|
in realtime kernels in order to avoid excessive scheduling latencies.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
We instead need the rcu_barrier() primitive. This primitive is similar
|
||||||
|
to synchronize_rcu(), but instead of waiting solely for a grace
|
||||||
|
period to elapse, it also waits for all outstanding RCU callbacks to
|
||||||
|
complete. Pseudo-code using rcu_barrier() is as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. Prevent any new RCU callbacks from being posted.
|
||||||
|
2. Execute rcu_barrier().
|
||||||
|
3. Allow the module to be unloaded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Quick Quiz #1: Why is there no srcu_barrier()?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The rcutorture module makes use of rcu_barrier in its exit function
|
||||||
|
as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 static void
|
||||||
|
2 rcu_torture_cleanup(void)
|
||||||
|
3 {
|
||||||
|
4 int i;
|
||||||
|
5
|
||||||
|
6 fullstop = 1;
|
||||||
|
7 if (shuffler_task != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
8 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING("Stopping rcu_torture_shuffle task");
|
||||||
|
9 kthread_stop(shuffler_task);
|
||||||
|
10 }
|
||||||
|
11 shuffler_task = NULL;
|
||||||
|
12
|
||||||
|
13 if (writer_task != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
14 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING("Stopping rcu_torture_writer task");
|
||||||
|
15 kthread_stop(writer_task);
|
||||||
|
16 }
|
||||||
|
17 writer_task = NULL;
|
||||||
|
18
|
||||||
|
19 if (reader_tasks != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
20 for (i = 0; i < nrealreaders; i++) {
|
||||||
|
21 if (reader_tasks[i] != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
22 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING(
|
||||||
|
23 "Stopping rcu_torture_reader task");
|
||||||
|
24 kthread_stop(reader_tasks[i]);
|
||||||
|
25 }
|
||||||
|
26 reader_tasks[i] = NULL;
|
||||||
|
27 }
|
||||||
|
28 kfree(reader_tasks);
|
||||||
|
29 reader_tasks = NULL;
|
||||||
|
30 }
|
||||||
|
31 rcu_torture_current = NULL;
|
||||||
|
32
|
||||||
|
33 if (fakewriter_tasks != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
34 for (i = 0; i < nfakewriters; i++) {
|
||||||
|
35 if (fakewriter_tasks[i] != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
36 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING(
|
||||||
|
37 "Stopping rcu_torture_fakewriter task");
|
||||||
|
38 kthread_stop(fakewriter_tasks[i]);
|
||||||
|
39 }
|
||||||
|
40 fakewriter_tasks[i] = NULL;
|
||||||
|
41 }
|
||||||
|
42 kfree(fakewriter_tasks);
|
||||||
|
43 fakewriter_tasks = NULL;
|
||||||
|
44 }
|
||||||
|
45
|
||||||
|
46 if (stats_task != NULL) {
|
||||||
|
47 VERBOSE_PRINTK_STRING("Stopping rcu_torture_stats task");
|
||||||
|
48 kthread_stop(stats_task);
|
||||||
|
49 }
|
||||||
|
50 stats_task = NULL;
|
||||||
|
51
|
||||||
|
52 /* Wait for all RCU callbacks to fire. */
|
||||||
|
53 rcu_barrier();
|
||||||
|
54
|
||||||
|
55 rcu_torture_stats_print(); /* -After- the stats thread is stopped! */
|
||||||
|
56
|
||||||
|
57 if (cur_ops->cleanup != NULL)
|
||||||
|
58 cur_ops->cleanup();
|
||||||
|
59 if (atomic_read(&n_rcu_torture_error))
|
||||||
|
60 rcu_torture_print_module_parms("End of test: FAILURE");
|
||||||
|
61 else
|
||||||
|
62 rcu_torture_print_module_parms("End of test: SUCCESS");
|
||||||
|
63 }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Line 6 sets a global variable that prevents any RCU callbacks from
|
||||||
|
re-posting themselves. This will not be necessary in most cases, since
|
||||||
|
RCU callbacks rarely include calls to call_rcu(). However, the rcutorture
|
||||||
|
module is an exception to this rule, and therefore needs to set this
|
||||||
|
global variable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lines 7-50 stop all the kernel tasks associated with the rcutorture
|
||||||
|
module. Therefore, once execution reaches line 53, no more rcutorture
|
||||||
|
RCU callbacks will be posted. The rcu_barrier() call on line 53 waits
|
||||||
|
for any pre-existing callbacks to complete.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Then lines 55-62 print status and do operation-specific cleanup, and
|
||||||
|
then return, permitting the module-unload operation to be completed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Quick Quiz #2: Is there any other situation where rcu_barrier() might
|
||||||
|
be required?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Your module might have additional complications. For example, if your
|
||||||
|
module invokes call_rcu() from timers, you will need to first cancel all
|
||||||
|
the timers, and only then invoke rcu_barrier() to wait for any remaining
|
||||||
|
RCU callbacks to complete.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Implementing rcu_barrier()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Dipankar Sarma's implementation of rcu_barrier() makes use of the fact
|
||||||
|
that RCU callbacks are never reordered once queued on one of the per-CPU
|
||||||
|
queues. His implementation queues an RCU callback on each of the per-CPU
|
||||||
|
callback queues, and then waits until they have all started executing, at
|
||||||
|
which point, all earlier RCU callbacks are guaranteed to have completed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The original code for rcu_barrier() was as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 void rcu_barrier(void)
|
||||||
|
2 {
|
||||||
|
3 BUG_ON(in_interrupt());
|
||||||
|
4 /* Take cpucontrol mutex to protect against CPU hotplug */
|
||||||
|
5 mutex_lock(&rcu_barrier_mutex);
|
||||||
|
6 init_completion(&rcu_barrier_completion);
|
||||||
|
7 atomic_set(&rcu_barrier_cpu_count, 0);
|
||||||
|
8 on_each_cpu(rcu_barrier_func, NULL, 0, 1);
|
||||||
|
9 wait_for_completion(&rcu_barrier_completion);
|
||||||
|
10 mutex_unlock(&rcu_barrier_mutex);
|
||||||
|
11 }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Line 3 verifies that the caller is in process context, and lines 5 and 10
|
||||||
|
use rcu_barrier_mutex to ensure that only one rcu_barrier() is using the
|
||||||
|
global completion and counters at a time, which are initialized on lines
|
||||||
|
6 and 7. Line 8 causes each CPU to invoke rcu_barrier_func(), which is
|
||||||
|
shown below. Note that the final "1" in on_each_cpu()'s argument list
|
||||||
|
ensures that all the calls to rcu_barrier_func() will have completed
|
||||||
|
before on_each_cpu() returns. Line 9 then waits for the completion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This code was rewritten in 2008 to support rcu_barrier_bh() and
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier_sched() in addition to the original rcu_barrier().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The rcu_barrier_func() runs on each CPU, where it invokes call_rcu()
|
||||||
|
to post an RCU callback, as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 static void rcu_barrier_func(void *notused)
|
||||||
|
2 {
|
||||||
|
3 int cpu = smp_processor_id();
|
||||||
|
4 struct rcu_data *rdp = &per_cpu(rcu_data, cpu);
|
||||||
|
5 struct rcu_head *head;
|
||||||
|
6
|
||||||
|
7 head = &rdp->barrier;
|
||||||
|
8 atomic_inc(&rcu_barrier_cpu_count);
|
||||||
|
9 call_rcu(head, rcu_barrier_callback);
|
||||||
|
10 }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Lines 3 and 4 locate RCU's internal per-CPU rcu_data structure,
|
||||||
|
which contains the struct rcu_head that needed for the later call to
|
||||||
|
call_rcu(). Line 7 picks up a pointer to this struct rcu_head, and line
|
||||||
|
8 increments a global counter. This counter will later be decremented
|
||||||
|
by the callback. Line 9 then registers the rcu_barrier_callback() on
|
||||||
|
the current CPU's queue.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The rcu_barrier_callback() function simply atomically decrements the
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier_cpu_count variable and finalizes the completion when it
|
||||||
|
reaches zero, as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1 static void rcu_barrier_callback(struct rcu_head *notused)
|
||||||
|
2 {
|
||||||
|
3 if (atomic_dec_and_test(&rcu_barrier_cpu_count))
|
||||||
|
4 complete(&rcu_barrier_completion);
|
||||||
|
5 }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Quick Quiz #3: What happens if CPU 0's rcu_barrier_func() executes
|
||||||
|
immediately (thus incrementing rcu_barrier_cpu_count to the
|
||||||
|
value one), but the other CPU's rcu_barrier_func() invocations
|
||||||
|
are delayed for a full grace period? Couldn't this result in
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier() returning prematurely?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier() Summary
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The rcu_barrier() primitive has seen relatively little use, since most
|
||||||
|
code using RCU is in the core kernel rather than in modules. However, if
|
||||||
|
you are using RCU from an unloadable module, you need to use rcu_barrier()
|
||||||
|
so that your module may be safely unloaded.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Answers to Quick Quizzes
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Quick Quiz #1: Why is there no srcu_barrier()?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Answer: Since there is no call_srcu(), there can be no outstanding SRCU
|
||||||
|
callbacks. Therefore, there is no need to wait for them.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Quick Quiz #2: Is there any other situation where rcu_barrier() might
|
||||||
|
be required?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Answer: Interestingly enough, rcu_barrier() was not originally
|
||||||
|
implemented for module unloading. Nikita Danilov was using
|
||||||
|
RCU in a filesystem, which resulted in a similar situation at
|
||||||
|
filesystem-unmount time. Dipankar Sarma coded up rcu_barrier()
|
||||||
|
in response, so that Nikita could invoke it during the
|
||||||
|
filesystem-unmount process.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Much later, yours truly hit the RCU module-unload problem when
|
||||||
|
implementing rcutorture, and found that rcu_barrier() solves
|
||||||
|
this problem as well.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Quick Quiz #3: What happens if CPU 0's rcu_barrier_func() executes
|
||||||
|
immediately (thus incrementing rcu_barrier_cpu_count to the
|
||||||
|
value one), but the other CPU's rcu_barrier_func() invocations
|
||||||
|
are delayed for a full grace period? Couldn't this result in
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier() returning prematurely?
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Answer: This cannot happen. The reason is that on_each_cpu() has its last
|
||||||
|
argument, the wait flag, set to "1". This flag is passed through
|
||||||
|
to smp_call_function() and further to smp_call_function_on_cpu(),
|
||||||
|
causing this latter to spin until the cross-CPU invocation of
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier_func() has completed. This by itself would prevent
|
||||||
|
a grace period from completing on non-CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels,
|
||||||
|
since each CPU must undergo a context switch (or other quiescent
|
||||||
|
state) before the grace period can complete. However, this is
|
||||||
|
of no use in CONFIG_PREEMPT kernels.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Therefore, on_each_cpu() disables preemption across its call
|
||||||
|
to smp_call_function() and also across the local call to
|
||||||
|
rcu_barrier_func(). This prevents the local CPU from context
|
||||||
|
switching, again preventing grace periods from completing. This
|
||||||
|
means that all CPUs have executed rcu_barrier_func() before
|
||||||
|
the first rcu_barrier_callback() can possibly execute, in turn
|
||||||
|
preventing rcu_barrier_cpu_count from prematurely reaching zero.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Currently, -rt implementations of RCU keep but a single global
|
||||||
|
queue for RCU callbacks, and thus do not suffer from this
|
||||||
|
problem. However, when the -rt RCU eventually does have per-CPU
|
||||||
|
callback queues, things will have to change. One simple change
|
||||||
|
is to add an rcu_read_lock() before line 8 of rcu_barrier()
|
||||||
|
and an rcu_read_unlock() after line 8 of this same function. If
|
||||||
|
you can think of a better change, please let me know!
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||||
|
March 2008
|
||||||
|
Jan-Simon Moeller, dl9pf@gmx.de
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
How to deal with bad memory e.g. reported by memtest86+ ?
|
||||||
|
#########################################################
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
There are three possibilities I know of:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1) Reinsert/swap the memory modules
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2) Buy new modules (best!) or try to exchange the memory
|
||||||
|
if you have spare-parts
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3) Use BadRAM or memmap
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This Howto is about number 3) .
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BadRAM
|
||||||
|
######
|
||||||
|
BadRAM is the actively developed and available as kernel-patch
|
||||||
|
here: http://rick.vanrein.org/linux/badram/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For more details see the BadRAM documentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
memmap
|
||||||
|
######
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
memmap is already in the kernel and usable as kernel-parameter at
|
||||||
|
boot-time. Its syntax is slightly strange and you may need to
|
||||||
|
calculate the values by yourself!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Syntax to exclude a memory area (see kernel-parameters.txt for details):
|
||||||
|
memmap=<size>$<address>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Example: memtest86+ reported here errors at address 0x18691458, 0x18698424 and
|
||||||
|
some others. All had 0x1869xxxx in common, so I chose a pattern of
|
||||||
|
0x18690000,0xffff0000.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
With the numbers of the example above:
|
||||||
|
memmap=64K$0x18690000
|
||||||
|
or
|
||||||
|
memmap=0x10000$0x18690000
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -9,3 +9,6 @@ cachefeatures.txt
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Filesystems
|
Filesystems
|
||||||
- Requirements for mounting the root file system.
|
- Requirements for mounting the root file system.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bfin-gpio-note.txt
|
||||||
|
- Notes in developing/using bfin-gpio driver.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* File: Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-note.txt
|
||||||
|
* Based on:
|
||||||
|
* Author:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Created: $Id: bfin-gpio-note.txt 2008-11-24 16:42 grafyang $
|
||||||
|
* Description: This file contains the notes in developing/using bfin-gpio.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Rev:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Modified:
|
||||||
|
* Copyright 2004-2008 Analog Devices Inc.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* Bugs: Enter bugs at http://blackfin.uclinux.org/
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. Blackfin GPIO introduction
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
There are many GPIO pins on Blackfin. Most of these pins are muxed to
|
||||||
|
multi-functions. They can be configured as peripheral, or just as GPIO,
|
||||||
|
configured to input with interrupt enabled, or output.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For detailed information, please see "arch/blackfin/kernel/bfin_gpio.c",
|
||||||
|
or the relevant HRM.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Avoiding resource conflict
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Followed function groups are used to avoiding resource conflict,
|
||||||
|
- Use the pin as peripheral,
|
||||||
|
int peripheral_request(unsigned short per, const char *label);
|
||||||
|
int peripheral_request_list(const unsigned short per[], const char *label);
|
||||||
|
void peripheral_free(unsigned short per);
|
||||||
|
void peripheral_free_list(const unsigned short per[]);
|
||||||
|
- Use the pin as GPIO,
|
||||||
|
int bfin_gpio_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label);
|
||||||
|
void bfin_gpio_free(unsigned gpio);
|
||||||
|
- Use the pin as GPIO interrupt,
|
||||||
|
int bfin_gpio_irq_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label);
|
||||||
|
void bfin_gpio_irq_free(unsigned gpio);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The request functions will record the function state for a certain pin,
|
||||||
|
the free functions will clear it's function state.
|
||||||
|
Once a pin is requested, it can't be requested again before it is freed by
|
||||||
|
previous caller, otherwise kernel will dump stacks, and the request
|
||||||
|
function fail.
|
||||||
|
These functions are wrapped by other functions, most of the users need not
|
||||||
|
care.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. But there are some exceptions
|
||||||
|
- Kernel permit the identical GPIO be requested both as GPIO and GPIO
|
||||||
|
interrut.
|
||||||
|
Some drivers, like gpio-keys, need this behavior. Kernel only print out
|
||||||
|
warning messages like,
|
||||||
|
bfin-gpio: GPIO 24 is already reserved by gpio-keys: BTN0, and you are
|
||||||
|
configuring it as IRQ!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note: Consider the case that, if there are two drivers need the
|
||||||
|
identical GPIO, one of them use it as GPIO, the other use it as
|
||||||
|
GPIO interrupt. This will really cause resource conflict. So if
|
||||||
|
there is any abnormal driver behavior, please check the bfin-gpio
|
||||||
|
warning messages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- Kernel permit the identical GPIO be requested from the same driver twice.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -227,7 +227,6 @@ Each cgroup is represented by a directory in the cgroup file system
|
||||||
containing the following files describing that cgroup:
|
containing the following files describing that cgroup:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- tasks: list of tasks (by pid) attached to that cgroup
|
- tasks: list of tasks (by pid) attached to that cgroup
|
||||||
- releasable flag: cgroup currently removeable?
|
|
||||||
- notify_on_release flag: run the release agent on exit?
|
- notify_on_release flag: run the release agent on exit?
|
||||||
- release_agent: the path to use for release notifications (this file
|
- release_agent: the path to use for release notifications (this file
|
||||||
exists in the top cgroup only)
|
exists in the top cgroup only)
|
||||||
|
@ -360,7 +359,7 @@ Now you want to do something with this cgroup.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In this directory you can find several files:
|
In this directory you can find several files:
|
||||||
# ls
|
# ls
|
||||||
notify_on_release releasable tasks
|
notify_on_release tasks
|
||||||
(plus whatever files added by the attached subsystems)
|
(plus whatever files added by the attached subsystems)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Now attach your shell to this cgroup:
|
Now attach your shell to this cgroup:
|
||||||
|
@ -479,7 +478,6 @@ newly-created cgroup if an error occurs after this subsystem's
|
||||||
create() method has been called for the new cgroup).
|
create() method has been called for the new cgroup).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void pre_destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp);
|
void pre_destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp);
|
||||||
(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Called before checking the reference count on each subsystem. This may
|
Called before checking the reference count on each subsystem. This may
|
||||||
be useful for subsystems which have some extra references even if
|
be useful for subsystems which have some extra references even if
|
||||||
|
@ -498,6 +496,7 @@ remain valid while the caller holds cgroup_mutex.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp,
|
void attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp,
|
||||||
struct cgroup *old_cgrp, struct task_struct *task)
|
struct cgroup *old_cgrp, struct task_struct *task)
|
||||||
|
(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any
|
Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any
|
||||||
post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking.
|
post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking.
|
||||||
|
@ -511,6 +510,7 @@ void exit(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct task_struct *task)
|
||||||
Called during task exit.
|
Called during task exit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
int populate(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp)
|
int populate(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp)
|
||||||
|
(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Called after creation of a cgroup to allow a subsystem to populate
|
Called after creation of a cgroup to allow a subsystem to populate
|
||||||
the cgroup directory with file entries. The subsystem should make
|
the cgroup directory with file entries. The subsystem should make
|
||||||
|
@ -520,6 +520,7 @@ method can return an error code, the error code is currently not
|
||||||
always handled well.
|
always handled well.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void post_clone(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp)
|
void post_clone(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp)
|
||||||
|
(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Called at the end of cgroup_clone() to do any paramater
|
Called at the end of cgroup_clone() to do any paramater
|
||||||
initialization which might be required before a task could attach. For
|
initialization which might be required before a task could attach. For
|
||||||
|
@ -527,7 +528,7 @@ example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set
|
||||||
up.
|
up.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void bind(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *root)
|
void bind(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *root)
|
||||||
(cgroup_mutex held by caller)
|
(cgroup_mutex and ss->hierarchy_mutex held by caller)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Called when a cgroup subsystem is rebound to a different hierarchy
|
Called when a cgroup subsystem is rebound to a different hierarchy
|
||||||
and root cgroup. Currently this will only involve movement between
|
and root cgroup. Currently this will only involve movement between
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
|
||||||
|
Memory Resource Controller(Memcg) Implementation Memo.
|
||||||
|
Last Updated: 2008/12/15
|
||||||
|
Base Kernel Version: based on 2.6.28-rc8-mm.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Because VM is getting complex (one of reasons is memcg...), memcg's behavior
|
||||||
|
is complex. This is a document for memcg's internal behavior.
|
||||||
|
Please note that implementation details can be changed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(*) Topics on API should be in Documentation/controllers/memory.txt)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
0. How to record usage ?
|
||||||
|
2 objects are used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
page_cgroup ....an object per page.
|
||||||
|
Allocated at boot or memory hotplug. Freed at memory hot removal.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
swap_cgroup ... an entry per swp_entry.
|
||||||
|
Allocated at swapon(). Freed at swapoff().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The page_cgroup has USED bit and double count against a page_cgroup never
|
||||||
|
occurs. swap_cgroup is used only when a charged page is swapped-out.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. Charge
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
a page/swp_entry may be charged (usage += PAGE_SIZE) at
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_newpage_charge()
|
||||||
|
Called at new page fault and Copy-On-Write.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_try_charge_swapin()
|
||||||
|
Called at do_swap_page() (page fault on swap entry) and swapoff.
|
||||||
|
Followed by charge-commit-cancel protocol. (With swap accounting)
|
||||||
|
At commit, a charge recorded in swap_cgroup is removed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_cache_charge()
|
||||||
|
Called at add_to_page_cache()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_cache_charge_swapin()
|
||||||
|
Called at shmem's swapin.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_prepare_migration()
|
||||||
|
Called before migration. "extra" charge is done and followed by
|
||||||
|
charge-commit-cancel protocol.
|
||||||
|
At commit, charge against oldpage or newpage will be committed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Uncharge
|
||||||
|
a page/swp_entry may be uncharged (usage -= PAGE_SIZE) by
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_uncharge_page()
|
||||||
|
Called when an anonymous page is fully unmapped. I.e., mapcount goes
|
||||||
|
to 0. If the page is SwapCache, uncharge is delayed until
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_uncharge_swapcache().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_uncharge_cache_page()
|
||||||
|
Called when a page-cache is deleted from radix-tree. If the page is
|
||||||
|
SwapCache, uncharge is delayed until mem_cgroup_uncharge_swapcache().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_uncharge_swapcache()
|
||||||
|
Called when SwapCache is removed from radix-tree. The charge itself
|
||||||
|
is moved to swap_cgroup. (If mem+swap controller is disabled, no
|
||||||
|
charge to swap occurs.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_uncharge_swap()
|
||||||
|
Called when swp_entry's refcnt goes down to 0. A charge against swap
|
||||||
|
disappears.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_end_migration(old, new)
|
||||||
|
At success of migration old is uncharged (if necessary), a charge
|
||||||
|
to new page is committed. At failure, charge to old page is committed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. charge-commit-cancel
|
||||||
|
In some case, we can't know this "charge" is valid or not at charging
|
||||||
|
(because of races).
|
||||||
|
To handle such case, there are charge-commit-cancel functions.
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_try_charge_XXX
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_commit_charge_XXX
|
||||||
|
mem_cgroup_cancel_charge_XXX
|
||||||
|
these are used in swap-in and migration.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
At try_charge(), there are no flags to say "this page is charged".
|
||||||
|
at this point, usage += PAGE_SIZE.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
At commit(), the function checks the page should be charged or not
|
||||||
|
and set flags or avoid charging.(usage -= PAGE_SIZE)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
At cancel(), simply usage -= PAGE_SIZE.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Under below explanation, we assume CONFIG_MEM_RES_CTRL_SWAP=y.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. Anonymous
|
||||||
|
Anonymous page is newly allocated at
|
||||||
|
- page fault into MAP_ANONYMOUS mapping.
|
||||||
|
- Copy-On-Write.
|
||||||
|
It is charged right after it's allocated before doing any page table
|
||||||
|
related operations. Of course, it's uncharged when another page is used
|
||||||
|
for the fault address.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
At freeing anonymous page (by exit() or munmap()), zap_pte() is called
|
||||||
|
and pages for ptes are freed one by one.(see mm/memory.c). Uncharges
|
||||||
|
are done at page_remove_rmap() when page_mapcount() goes down to 0.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Another page freeing is by page-reclaim (vmscan.c) and anonymous
|
||||||
|
pages are swapped out. In this case, the page is marked as
|
||||||
|
PageSwapCache(). uncharge() routine doesn't uncharge the page marked
|
||||||
|
as SwapCache(). It's delayed until __delete_from_swap_cache().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4.1 Swap-in.
|
||||||
|
At swap-in, the page is taken from swap-cache. There are 2 cases.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(a) If the SwapCache is newly allocated and read, it has no charges.
|
||||||
|
(b) If the SwapCache has been mapped by processes, it has been
|
||||||
|
charged already.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This swap-in is one of the most complicated work. In do_swap_page(),
|
||||||
|
following events occur when pte is unchanged.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(1) the page (SwapCache) is looked up.
|
||||||
|
(2) lock_page()
|
||||||
|
(3) try_charge_swapin()
|
||||||
|
(4) reuse_swap_page() (may call delete_swap_cache())
|
||||||
|
(5) commit_charge_swapin()
|
||||||
|
(6) swap_free().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Considering following situation for example.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(A) The page has not been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page()
|
||||||
|
doesn't call delete_from_swap_cache().
|
||||||
|
(B) The page has not been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page()
|
||||||
|
calls delete_from_swap_cache().
|
||||||
|
(C) The page has been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page() doesn't
|
||||||
|
call delete_from_swap_cache().
|
||||||
|
(D) The page has been charged before (2) and reuse_swap_page() calls
|
||||||
|
delete_from_swap_cache().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
memory.usage/memsw.usage changes to this page/swp_entry will be
|
||||||
|
Case (A) (B) (C) (D)
|
||||||
|
Event
|
||||||
|
Before (2) 0/ 1 0/ 1 1/ 1 1/ 1
|
||||||
|
===========================================
|
||||||
|
(3) +1/+1 +1/+1 +1/+1 +1/+1
|
||||||
|
(4) - 0/ 0 - -1/ 0
|
||||||
|
(5) 0/-1 0/ 0 -1/-1 0/ 0
|
||||||
|
(6) - 0/-1 - 0/-1
|
||||||
|
===========================================
|
||||||
|
Result 1/ 1 1/ 1 1/ 1 1/ 1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In any cases, charges to this page should be 1/ 1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4.2 Swap-out.
|
||||||
|
At swap-out, typical state transition is below.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(a) add to swap cache. (marked as SwapCache)
|
||||||
|
swp_entry's refcnt += 1.
|
||||||
|
(b) fully unmapped.
|
||||||
|
swp_entry's refcnt += # of ptes.
|
||||||
|
(c) write back to swap.
|
||||||
|
(d) delete from swap cache. (remove from SwapCache)
|
||||||
|
swp_entry's refcnt -= 1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
At (b), the page is marked as SwapCache and not uncharged.
|
||||||
|
At (d), the page is removed from SwapCache and a charge in page_cgroup
|
||||||
|
is moved to swap_cgroup.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Finally, at task exit,
|
||||||
|
(e) zap_pte() is called and swp_entry's refcnt -=1 -> 0.
|
||||||
|
Here, a charge in swap_cgroup disappears.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. Page Cache
|
||||||
|
Page Cache is charged at
|
||||||
|
- add_to_page_cache_locked().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
uncharged at
|
||||||
|
- __remove_from_page_cache().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The logic is very clear. (About migration, see below)
|
||||||
|
Note: __remove_from_page_cache() is called by remove_from_page_cache()
|
||||||
|
and __remove_mapping().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Shmem(tmpfs) Page Cache
|
||||||
|
Memcg's charge/uncharge have special handlers of shmem. The best way
|
||||||
|
to understand shmem's page state transition is to read mm/shmem.c.
|
||||||
|
But brief explanation of the behavior of memcg around shmem will be
|
||||||
|
helpful to understand the logic.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Shmem's page (just leaf page, not direct/indirect block) can be on
|
||||||
|
- radix-tree of shmem's inode.
|
||||||
|
- SwapCache.
|
||||||
|
- Both on radix-tree and SwapCache. This happens at swap-in
|
||||||
|
and swap-out,
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
It's charged when...
|
||||||
|
- A new page is added to shmem's radix-tree.
|
||||||
|
- A swp page is read. (move a charge from swap_cgroup to page_cgroup)
|
||||||
|
It's uncharged when
|
||||||
|
- A page is removed from radix-tree and not SwapCache.
|
||||||
|
- When SwapCache is removed, a charge is moved to swap_cgroup.
|
||||||
|
- When swp_entry's refcnt goes down to 0, a charge in swap_cgroup
|
||||||
|
disappears.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
7. Page Migration
|
||||||
|
One of the most complicated functions is page-migration-handler.
|
||||||
|
Memcg has 2 routines. Assume that we are migrating a page's contents
|
||||||
|
from OLDPAGE to NEWPAGE.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Usual migration logic is..
|
||||||
|
(a) remove the page from LRU.
|
||||||
|
(b) allocate NEWPAGE (migration target)
|
||||||
|
(c) lock by lock_page().
|
||||||
|
(d) unmap all mappings.
|
||||||
|
(e-1) If necessary, replace entry in radix-tree.
|
||||||
|
(e-2) move contents of a page.
|
||||||
|
(f) map all mappings again.
|
||||||
|
(g) pushback the page to LRU.
|
||||||
|
(-) OLDPAGE will be freed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Before (g), memcg should complete all necessary charge/uncharge to
|
||||||
|
NEWPAGE/OLDPAGE.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The point is....
|
||||||
|
- If OLDPAGE is anonymous, all charges will be dropped at (d) because
|
||||||
|
try_to_unmap() drops all mapcount and the page will not be
|
||||||
|
SwapCache.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- If OLDPAGE is SwapCache, charges will be kept at (g) because
|
||||||
|
__delete_from_swap_cache() isn't called at (e-1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- If OLDPAGE is page-cache, charges will be kept at (g) because
|
||||||
|
remove_from_swap_cache() isn't called at (e-1)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
memcg provides following hooks.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- mem_cgroup_prepare_migration(OLDPAGE)
|
||||||
|
Called after (b) to account a charge (usage += PAGE_SIZE) against
|
||||||
|
memcg which OLDPAGE belongs to.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
- mem_cgroup_end_migration(OLDPAGE, NEWPAGE)
|
||||||
|
Called after (f) before (g).
|
||||||
|
If OLDPAGE is used, commit OLDPAGE again. If OLDPAGE is already
|
||||||
|
charged, a charge by prepare_migration() is automatically canceled.
|
||||||
|
If NEWPAGE is used, commit NEWPAGE and uncharge OLDPAGE.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
But zap_pte() (by exit or munmap) can be called while migration,
|
||||||
|
we have to check if OLDPAGE/NEWPAGE is a valid page after commit().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
8. LRU
|
||||||
|
Each memcg has its own private LRU. Now, it's handling is under global
|
||||||
|
VM's control (means that it's handled under global zone->lru_lock).
|
||||||
|
Almost all routines around memcg's LRU is called by global LRU's
|
||||||
|
list management functions under zone->lru_lock().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A special function is mem_cgroup_isolate_pages(). This scans
|
||||||
|
memcg's private LRU and call __isolate_lru_page() to extract a page
|
||||||
|
from LRU.
|
||||||
|
(By __isolate_lru_page(), the page is removed from both of global and
|
||||||
|
private LRU.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9. Typical Tests.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Tests for racy cases.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9.1 Small limit to memcg.
|
||||||
|
When you do test to do racy case, it's good test to set memcg's limit
|
||||||
|
to be very small rather than GB. Many races found in the test under
|
||||||
|
xKB or xxMB limits.
|
||||||
|
(Memory behavior under GB and Memory behavior under MB shows very
|
||||||
|
different situation.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9.2 Shmem
|
||||||
|
Historically, memcg's shmem handling was poor and we saw some amount
|
||||||
|
of troubles here. This is because shmem is page-cache but can be
|
||||||
|
SwapCache. Test with shmem/tmpfs is always good test.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9.3 Migration
|
||||||
|
For NUMA, migration is an another special case. To do easy test, cpuset
|
||||||
|
is useful. Following is a sample script to do migration.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mount -t cgroup -o cpuset none /opt/cpuset
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mkdir /opt/cpuset/01
|
||||||
|
echo 1 > /opt/cpuset/01/cpuset.cpus
|
||||||
|
echo 0 > /opt/cpuset/01/cpuset.mems
|
||||||
|
echo 1 > /opt/cpuset/01/cpuset.memory_migrate
|
||||||
|
mkdir /opt/cpuset/02
|
||||||
|
echo 1 > /opt/cpuset/02/cpuset.cpus
|
||||||
|
echo 1 > /opt/cpuset/02/cpuset.mems
|
||||||
|
echo 1 > /opt/cpuset/02/cpuset.memory_migrate
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In above set, when you moves a task from 01 to 02, page migration to
|
||||||
|
node 0 to node 1 will occur. Following is a script to migrate all
|
||||||
|
under cpuset.
|
||||||
|
--
|
||||||
|
move_task()
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
for pid in $1
|
||||||
|
do
|
||||||
|
/bin/echo $pid >$2/tasks 2>/dev/null
|
||||||
|
echo -n $pid
|
||||||
|
echo -n " "
|
||||||
|
done
|
||||||
|
echo END
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
G1_TASK=`cat ${G1}/tasks`
|
||||||
|
G2_TASK=`cat ${G2}/tasks`
|
||||||
|
move_task "${G1_TASK}" ${G2} &
|
||||||
|
--
|
||||||
|
9.4 Memory hotplug.
|
||||||
|
memory hotplug test is one of good test.
|
||||||
|
to offline memory, do following.
|
||||||
|
# echo offline > /sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
|
||||||
|
(XXX is the place of memory)
|
||||||
|
This is an easy way to test page migration, too.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9.5 mkdir/rmdir
|
||||||
|
When using hierarchy, mkdir/rmdir test should be done.
|
||||||
|
Use tests like the following.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
echo 1 >/opt/cgroup/01/memory/use_hierarchy
|
||||||
|
mkdir /opt/cgroup/01/child_a
|
||||||
|
mkdir /opt/cgroup/01/child_b
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
set limit to 01.
|
||||||
|
add limit to 01/child_b
|
||||||
|
run jobs under child_a and child_b
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
create/delete following groups at random while jobs are running.
|
||||||
|
/opt/cgroup/01/child_a/child_aa
|
||||||
|
/opt/cgroup/01/child_b/child_bb
|
||||||
|
/opt/cgroup/01/child_c
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
running new jobs in new group is also good.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
9.6 Mount with other subsystems.
|
||||||
|
Mounting with other subsystems is a good test because there is a
|
||||||
|
race and lock dependency with other cgroup subsystems.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
example)
|
||||||
|
# mount -t cgroup none /cgroup -t cpuset,memory,cpu,devices
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
and do task move, mkdir, rmdir etc...under this.
|
|
@ -137,7 +137,32 @@ behind this approach is that a cgroup that aggressively uses a shared
|
||||||
page will eventually get charged for it (once it is uncharged from
|
page will eventually get charged for it (once it is uncharged from
|
||||||
the cgroup that brought it in -- this will happen on memory pressure).
|
the cgroup that brought it in -- this will happen on memory pressure).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2.4 Reclaim
|
Exception: If CONFIG_CGROUP_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP is not used..
|
||||||
|
When you do swapoff and make swapped-out pages of shmem(tmpfs) to
|
||||||
|
be backed into memory in force, charges for pages are accounted against the
|
||||||
|
caller of swapoff rather than the users of shmem.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2.4 Swap Extension (CONFIG_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP)
|
||||||
|
Swap Extension allows you to record charge for swap. A swapped-in page is
|
||||||
|
charged back to original page allocator if possible.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When swap is accounted, following files are added.
|
||||||
|
- memory.memsw.usage_in_bytes.
|
||||||
|
- memory.memsw.limit_in_bytes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
usage of mem+swap is limited by memsw.limit_in_bytes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note: why 'mem+swap' rather than swap.
|
||||||
|
The global LRU(kswapd) can swap out arbitrary pages. Swap-out means
|
||||||
|
to move account from memory to swap...there is no change in usage of
|
||||||
|
mem+swap.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In other words, when we want to limit the usage of swap without affecting
|
||||||
|
global LRU, mem+swap limit is better than just limiting swap from OS point
|
||||||
|
of view.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2.5 Reclaim
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Each cgroup maintains a per cgroup LRU that consists of an active
|
Each cgroup maintains a per cgroup LRU that consists of an active
|
||||||
and inactive list. When a cgroup goes over its limit, we first try
|
and inactive list. When a cgroup goes over its limit, we first try
|
||||||
|
@ -207,12 +232,6 @@ exceeded.
|
||||||
The memory.stat file gives accounting information. Now, the number of
|
The memory.stat file gives accounting information. Now, the number of
|
||||||
caches, RSS and Active pages/Inactive pages are shown.
|
caches, RSS and Active pages/Inactive pages are shown.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The memory.force_empty gives an interface to drop *all* charges by force.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# echo 1 > memory.force_empty
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
will drop all charges in cgroup. Currently, this is maintained for test.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4. Testing
|
4. Testing
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Balbir posted lmbench, AIM9, LTP and vmmstress results [10] and [11].
|
Balbir posted lmbench, AIM9, LTP and vmmstress results [10] and [11].
|
||||||
|
@ -242,10 +261,106 @@ reclaimed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
A cgroup can be removed by rmdir, but as discussed in sections 4.1 and 4.2, a
|
A cgroup can be removed by rmdir, but as discussed in sections 4.1 and 4.2, a
|
||||||
cgroup might have some charge associated with it, even though all
|
cgroup might have some charge associated with it, even though all
|
||||||
tasks have migrated away from it. Such charges are automatically dropped at
|
tasks have migrated away from it.
|
||||||
rmdir() if there are no tasks.
|
Such charges are freed(at default) or moved to its parent. When moved,
|
||||||
|
both of RSS and CACHES are moved to parent.
|
||||||
|
If both of them are busy, rmdir() returns -EBUSY. See 5.1 Also.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5. TODO
|
Charges recorded in swap information is not updated at removal of cgroup.
|
||||||
|
Recorded information is discarded and a cgroup which uses swap (swapcache)
|
||||||
|
will be charged as a new owner of it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. Misc. interfaces.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.1 force_empty
|
||||||
|
memory.force_empty interface is provided to make cgroup's memory usage empty.
|
||||||
|
You can use this interface only when the cgroup has no tasks.
|
||||||
|
When writing anything to this
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# echo 0 > memory.force_empty
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Almost all pages tracked by this memcg will be unmapped and freed. Some of
|
||||||
|
pages cannot be freed because it's locked or in-use. Such pages are moved
|
||||||
|
to parent and this cgroup will be empty. But this may return -EBUSY in
|
||||||
|
some too busy case.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Typical use case of this interface is that calling this before rmdir().
|
||||||
|
Because rmdir() moves all pages to parent, some out-of-use page caches can be
|
||||||
|
moved to the parent. If you want to avoid that, force_empty will be useful.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.2 stat file
|
||||||
|
memory.stat file includes following statistics (now)
|
||||||
|
cache - # of pages from page-cache and shmem.
|
||||||
|
rss - # of pages from anonymous memory.
|
||||||
|
pgpgin - # of event of charging
|
||||||
|
pgpgout - # of event of uncharging
|
||||||
|
active_anon - # of pages on active lru of anon, shmem.
|
||||||
|
inactive_anon - # of pages on active lru of anon, shmem
|
||||||
|
active_file - # of pages on active lru of file-cache
|
||||||
|
inactive_file - # of pages on inactive lru of file cache
|
||||||
|
unevictable - # of pages cannot be reclaimed.(mlocked etc)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Below is depend on CONFIG_DEBUG_VM.
|
||||||
|
inactive_ratio - VM inernal parameter. (see mm/page_alloc.c)
|
||||||
|
recent_rotated_anon - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||||
|
recent_rotated_file - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||||
|
recent_scanned_anon - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||||
|
recent_scanned_file - VM internal parameter. (see mm/vmscan.c)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Memo:
|
||||||
|
recent_rotated means recent frequency of lru rotation.
|
||||||
|
recent_scanned means recent # of scans to lru.
|
||||||
|
showing for better debug please see the code for meanings.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.3 swappiness
|
||||||
|
Similar to /proc/sys/vm/swappiness, but affecting a hierarchy of groups only.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Following cgroup's swapiness can't be changed.
|
||||||
|
- root cgroup (uses /proc/sys/vm/swappiness).
|
||||||
|
- a cgroup which uses hierarchy and it has child cgroup.
|
||||||
|
- a cgroup which uses hierarchy and not the root of hierarchy.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Hierarchy support
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The memory controller supports a deep hierarchy and hierarchical accounting.
|
||||||
|
The hierarchy is created by creating the appropriate cgroups in the
|
||||||
|
cgroup filesystem. Consider for example, the following cgroup filesystem
|
||||||
|
hierarchy
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
root
|
||||||
|
/ | \
|
||||||
|
/ | \
|
||||||
|
a b c
|
||||||
|
| \
|
||||||
|
| \
|
||||||
|
d e
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In the diagram above, with hierarchical accounting enabled, all memory
|
||||||
|
usage of e, is accounted to its ancestors up until the root (i.e, c and root),
|
||||||
|
that has memory.use_hierarchy enabled. If one of the ancestors goes over its
|
||||||
|
limit, the reclaim algorithm reclaims from the tasks in the ancestor and the
|
||||||
|
children of the ancestor.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6.1 Enabling hierarchical accounting and reclaim
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The memory controller by default disables the hierarchy feature. Support
|
||||||
|
can be enabled by writing 1 to memory.use_hierarchy file of the root cgroup
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# echo 1 > memory.use_hierarchy
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The feature can be disabled by
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
# echo 0 > memory.use_hierarchy
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NOTE1: Enabling/disabling will fail if the cgroup already has other
|
||||||
|
cgroups created below it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NOTE2: This feature can be enabled/disabled per subtree.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
7. TODO
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Add support for accounting huge pages (as a separate controller)
|
1. Add support for accounting huge pages (as a separate controller)
|
||||||
2. Make per-cgroup scanner reclaim not-shared pages first
|
2. Make per-cgroup scanner reclaim not-shared pages first
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
|
||||||
3.6 Constraints
|
3.6 Constraints
|
||||||
3.7 Example
|
3.7 Example
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4 DRIVER DEVELOPER NOTES
|
4 DMAENGINE DRIVER DEVELOPER NOTES
|
||||||
4.1 Conformance points
|
4.1 Conformance points
|
||||||
4.2 "My application needs finer control of hardware channels"
|
4.2 "My application needs exclusive control of hardware channels"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5 SOURCE
|
5 SOURCE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ ops_run_* and ops_complete_* routines in drivers/md/raid5.c for more
|
||||||
implementation examples.
|
implementation examples.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4 DRIVER DEVELOPMENT NOTES
|
4 DRIVER DEVELOPMENT NOTES
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4.1 Conformance points:
|
4.1 Conformance points:
|
||||||
There are a few conformance points required in dmaengine drivers to
|
There are a few conformance points required in dmaengine drivers to
|
||||||
accommodate assumptions made by applications using the async_tx API:
|
accommodate assumptions made by applications using the async_tx API:
|
||||||
|
@ -158,58 +159,49 @@ accommodate assumptions made by applications using the async_tx API:
|
||||||
3/ Use async_tx_run_dependencies() in the descriptor clean up path to
|
3/ Use async_tx_run_dependencies() in the descriptor clean up path to
|
||||||
handle submission of dependent operations
|
handle submission of dependent operations
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
4.2 "My application needs finer control of hardware channels"
|
4.2 "My application needs exclusive control of hardware channels"
|
||||||
This requirement seems to arise from cases where a DMA engine driver is
|
Primarily this requirement arises from cases where a DMA engine driver
|
||||||
trying to support device-to-memory DMA. The dmaengine and async_tx
|
is being used to support device-to-memory operations. A channel that is
|
||||||
implementations were designed for offloading memory-to-memory
|
performing these operations cannot, for many platform specific reasons,
|
||||||
operations; however, there are some capabilities of the dmaengine layer
|
be shared. For these cases the dma_request_channel() interface is
|
||||||
that can be used for platform-specific channel management.
|
provided.
|
||||||
Platform-specific constraints can be handled by registering the
|
|
||||||
application as a 'dma_client' and implementing a 'dma_event_callback' to
|
|
||||||
apply a filter to the available channels in the system. Before showing
|
|
||||||
how to implement a custom dma_event callback some background of
|
|
||||||
dmaengine's client support is required.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The following routines in dmaengine support multiple clients requesting
|
The interface is:
|
||||||
use of a channel:
|
struct dma_chan *dma_request_channel(dma_cap_mask_t mask,
|
||||||
- dma_async_client_register(struct dma_client *client)
|
dma_filter_fn filter_fn,
|
||||||
- dma_async_client_chan_request(struct dma_client *client)
|
void *filter_param);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dma_async_client_register takes a pointer to an initialized dma_client
|
Where dma_filter_fn is defined as:
|
||||||
structure. It expects that the 'event_callback' and 'cap_mask' fields
|
typedef bool (*dma_filter_fn)(struct dma_chan *chan, void *filter_param);
|
||||||
are already initialized.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dma_async_client_chan_request triggers dmaengine to notify the client of
|
When the optional 'filter_fn' parameter is set to NULL
|
||||||
all channels that satisfy the capability mask. It is up to the client's
|
dma_request_channel simply returns the first channel that satisfies the
|
||||||
event_callback routine to track how many channels the client needs and
|
capability mask. Otherwise, when the mask parameter is insufficient for
|
||||||
how many it is currently using. The dma_event_callback routine returns a
|
specifying the necessary channel, the filter_fn routine can be used to
|
||||||
dma_state_client code to let dmaengine know the status of the
|
disposition the available channels in the system. The filter_fn routine
|
||||||
allocation.
|
is called once for each free channel in the system. Upon seeing a
|
||||||
|
suitable channel filter_fn returns DMA_ACK which flags that channel to
|
||||||
|
be the return value from dma_request_channel. A channel allocated via
|
||||||
|
this interface is exclusive to the caller, until dma_release_channel()
|
||||||
|
is called.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Below is the example of how to extend this functionality for
|
The DMA_PRIVATE capability flag is used to tag dma devices that should
|
||||||
platform-specific filtering of the available channels beyond the
|
not be used by the general-purpose allocator. It can be set at
|
||||||
standard capability mask:
|
initialization time if it is known that a channel will always be
|
||||||
|
private. Alternatively, it is set when dma_request_channel() finds an
|
||||||
|
unused "public" channel.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static enum dma_state_client
|
A couple caveats to note when implementing a driver and consumer:
|
||||||
my_dma_client_callback(struct dma_client *client,
|
1/ Once a channel has been privately allocated it will no longer be
|
||||||
struct dma_chan *chan, enum dma_state state)
|
considered by the general-purpose allocator even after a call to
|
||||||
{
|
dma_release_channel().
|
||||||
struct dma_device *dma_dev;
|
2/ Since capabilities are specified at the device level a dma_device
|
||||||
struct my_platform_specific_dma *plat_dma_dev;
|
with multiple channels will either have all channels public, or all
|
||||||
|
channels private.
|
||||||
dma_dev = chan->device;
|
|
||||||
plat_dma_dev = container_of(dma_dev,
|
|
||||||
struct my_platform_specific_dma,
|
|
||||||
dma_dev);
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
if (!plat_dma_dev->platform_specific_capability)
|
|
||||||
return DMA_DUP;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
. . .
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
5 SOURCE
|
5 SOURCE
|
||||||
include/linux/dmaengine.h: core header file for DMA drivers and clients
|
|
||||||
|
include/linux/dmaengine.h: core header file for DMA drivers and api users
|
||||||
drivers/dma/dmaengine.c: offload engine channel management routines
|
drivers/dma/dmaengine.c: offload engine channel management routines
|
||||||
drivers/dma/: location for offload engine drivers
|
drivers/dma/: location for offload engine drivers
|
||||||
include/linux/async_tx.h: core header file for the async_tx api
|
include/linux/async_tx.h: core header file for the async_tx api
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ Until this step is completed the driver cannot be unloaded.
|
||||||
Also echoing either mono ,packet or init in to image_type will free up the
|
Also echoing either mono ,packet or init in to image_type will free up the
|
||||||
memory allocated by the driver.
|
memory allocated by the driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If an user by accident executes steps 1 and 3 above without executing step 2;
|
If a user by accident executes steps 1 and 3 above without executing step 2;
|
||||||
it will make the /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/ entries to disappear.
|
it will make the /sys/class/firmware/dell_rbu/ entries disappear.
|
||||||
The entries can be recreated by doing the following
|
The entries can be recreated by doing the following
|
||||||
echo init > /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/image_type
|
echo init > /sys/devices/platform/dell_rbu/image_type
|
||||||
NOTE: echoing init in image_type does not change it original value.
|
NOTE: echoing init in image_type does not change it original value.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -380,5 +380,5 @@ This will help you to be sure that you have found all in-tree uses of that
|
||||||
interface. It will also alert developers of out-of-tree code that there is
|
interface. It will also alert developers of out-of-tree code that there is
|
||||||
a change that they need to respond to. Supporting out-of-tree code is not
|
a change that they need to respond to. Supporting out-of-tree code is not
|
||||||
something that kernel developers need to be worried about, but we also do
|
something that kernel developers need to be worried about, but we also do
|
||||||
not have to make life harder for out-of-tree developers than it it needs to
|
not have to make life harder for out-of-tree developers than it needs to
|
||||||
be.
|
be.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1 @@
|
||||||
|
See Documentation/crypto/async-tx-api.txt
|
|
@ -315,3 +315,23 @@ When: 2.6.29 (ideally) or 2.6.30 (more likely)
|
||||||
Why: Deprecated by the new (standard) device driver binding model. Use
|
Why: Deprecated by the new (standard) device driver binding model. Use
|
||||||
i2c_driver->probe() and ->remove() instead.
|
i2c_driver->probe() and ->remove() instead.
|
||||||
Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
Who: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
---------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
What: fscher and fscpos drivers
|
||||||
|
When: June 2009
|
||||||
|
Why: Deprecated by the new fschmd driver.
|
||||||
|
Who: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||||
|
Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
---------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
What: SELinux "compat_net" functionality
|
||||||
|
When: 2.6.30 at the earliest
|
||||||
|
Why: In 2.6.18 the Secmark concept was introduced to replace the "compat_net"
|
||||||
|
network access control functionality of SELinux. Secmark offers both
|
||||||
|
better performance and greater flexibility than the "compat_net"
|
||||||
|
mechanism. Now that the major Linux distributions have moved to
|
||||||
|
Secmark, it is time to deprecate the older mechanism and start the
|
||||||
|
process of removing the old code.
|
||||||
|
Who: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ prototypes:
|
||||||
void (*put_super) (struct super_block *);
|
void (*put_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
void (*write_super) (struct super_block *);
|
void (*write_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
int (*sync_fs)(struct super_block *sb, int wait);
|
int (*sync_fs)(struct super_block *sb, int wait);
|
||||||
void (*write_super_lockfs) (struct super_block *);
|
int (*freeze_fs) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
void (*unlockfs) (struct super_block *);
|
int (*unfreeze_fs) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
int (*statfs) (struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
|
int (*statfs) (struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
|
||||||
int (*remount_fs) (struct super_block *, int *, char *);
|
int (*remount_fs) (struct super_block *, int *, char *);
|
||||||
void (*clear_inode) (struct inode *);
|
void (*clear_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||||
|
@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ delete_inode: no
|
||||||
put_super: yes yes no
|
put_super: yes yes no
|
||||||
write_super: no yes read
|
write_super: no yes read
|
||||||
sync_fs: no no read
|
sync_fs: no no read
|
||||||
write_super_lockfs: ?
|
freeze_fs: ?
|
||||||
unlockfs: ?
|
unfreeze_fs: ?
|
||||||
statfs: no no no
|
statfs: no no no
|
||||||
remount_fs: yes yes maybe (see below)
|
remount_fs: yes yes maybe (see below)
|
||||||
clear_inode: no
|
clear_inode: no
|
||||||
|
@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ prototypes:
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
locking rules:
|
locking rules:
|
||||||
All except ->poll() may block.
|
All may block.
|
||||||
BKL
|
BKL
|
||||||
llseek: no (see below)
|
llseek: no (see below)
|
||||||
read: no
|
read: no
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
BTRFS
|
||||||
|
=====
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Btrfs is a new copy on write filesystem for Linux aimed at
|
||||||
|
implementing advanced features while focusing on fault tolerance,
|
||||||
|
repair and easy administration. Initially developed by Oracle, Btrfs
|
||||||
|
is licensed under the GPL and open for contribution from anyone.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Linux has a wealth of filesystems to choose from, but we are facing a
|
||||||
|
number of challenges with scaling to the large storage subsystems that
|
||||||
|
are becoming common in today's data centers. Filesystems need to scale
|
||||||
|
in their ability to address and manage large storage, and also in
|
||||||
|
their ability to detect, repair and tolerate errors in the data stored
|
||||||
|
on disk. Btrfs is under heavy development, and is not suitable for
|
||||||
|
any uses other than benchmarking and review. The Btrfs disk format is
|
||||||
|
not yet finalized.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The main Btrfs features include:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Extent based file storage (2^64 max file size)
|
||||||
|
* Space efficient packing of small files
|
||||||
|
* Space efficient indexed directories
|
||||||
|
* Dynamic inode allocation
|
||||||
|
* Writable snapshots
|
||||||
|
* Subvolumes (separate internal filesystem roots)
|
||||||
|
* Object level mirroring and striping
|
||||||
|
* Checksums on data and metadata (multiple algorithms available)
|
||||||
|
* Compression
|
||||||
|
* Integrated multiple device support, with several raid algorithms
|
||||||
|
* Online filesystem check (not yet implemented)
|
||||||
|
* Very fast offline filesystem check
|
||||||
|
* Efficient incremental backup and FS mirroring (not yet implemented)
|
||||||
|
* Online filesystem defragmentation
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
MAILING LIST
|
||||||
|
============
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
There is a Btrfs mailing list hosted on vger.kernel.org. You can
|
||||||
|
find details on how to subscribe here:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-btrfs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mailing list archives are available from gmane:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.file-systems.btrfs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
IRC
|
||||||
|
===
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Discussion of Btrfs also occurs on the #btrfs channel of the Freenode
|
||||||
|
IRC network.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
UTILITIES
|
||||||
|
=========
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Userspace tools for creating and manipulating Btrfs file systems are
|
||||||
|
available from the git repository at the following location:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/mason/btrfs-progs-unstable.git
|
||||||
|
git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mason/btrfs-progs-unstable.git
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These include the following tools:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mkfs.btrfs: create a filesystem
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
btrfsctl: control program to create snapshots and subvolumes:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
mount /dev/sda2 /mnt
|
||||||
|
btrfsctl -s new_subvol_name /mnt
|
||||||
|
btrfsctl -s snapshot_of_default /mnt/default
|
||||||
|
btrfsctl -s snapshot_of_new_subvol /mnt/new_subvol_name
|
||||||
|
btrfsctl -s snapshot_of_a_snapshot /mnt/snapshot_of_new_subvol
|
||||||
|
ls /mnt
|
||||||
|
default snapshot_of_a_snapshot snapshot_of_new_subvol
|
||||||
|
new_subvol_name snapshot_of_default
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Snapshots and subvolumes cannot be deleted right now, but you can
|
||||||
|
rm -rf all the files and directories inside them.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
btrfsck: do a limited check of the FS extent trees.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
btrfs-debug-tree: print all of the FS metadata in text form. Example:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
btrfs-debug-tree /dev/sda2 >& big_output_file
|
|
@ -58,13 +58,22 @@ Note: More extensive information for getting started with ext4 can be
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# mount -t ext4 /dev/hda1 /wherever
|
# mount -t ext4 /dev/hda1 /wherever
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
- When comparing performance with other filesystems, remember that
|
- When comparing performance with other filesystems, it's always
|
||||||
ext3/4 by default offers higher data integrity guarantees than most.
|
important to try multiple workloads; very often a subtle change in a
|
||||||
So when comparing with a metadata-only journalling filesystem, such
|
workload parameter can completely change the ranking of which
|
||||||
as ext3, use `mount -o data=writeback'. And you might as well use
|
filesystems do well compared to others. When comparing versus ext3,
|
||||||
`mount -o nobh' too along with it. Making the journal larger than
|
note that ext4 enables write barriers by default, while ext3 does
|
||||||
the mke2fs default often helps performance with metadata-intensive
|
not enable write barriers by default. So it is useful to use
|
||||||
workloads.
|
explicitly specify whether barriers are enabled or not when via the
|
||||||
|
'-o barriers=[0|1]' mount option for both ext3 and ext4 filesystems
|
||||||
|
for a fair comparison. When tuning ext3 for best benchmark numbers,
|
||||||
|
it is often worthwhile to try changing the data journaling mode; '-o
|
||||||
|
data=writeback,nobh' can be faster for some workloads. (Note
|
||||||
|
however that running mounted with data=writeback can potentially
|
||||||
|
leave stale data exposed in recently written files in case of an
|
||||||
|
unclean shutdown, which could be a security exposure in some
|
||||||
|
situations.) Configuring the filesystem with a large journal can
|
||||||
|
also be helpful for metadata-intensive workloads.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2. Features
|
2. Features
|
||||||
===========
|
===========
|
||||||
|
@ -74,7 +83,7 @@ Note: More extensive information for getting started with ext4 can be
|
||||||
* ability to use filesystems > 16TB (e2fsprogs support not available yet)
|
* ability to use filesystems > 16TB (e2fsprogs support not available yet)
|
||||||
* extent format reduces metadata overhead (RAM, IO for access, transactions)
|
* extent format reduces metadata overhead (RAM, IO for access, transactions)
|
||||||
* extent format more robust in face of on-disk corruption due to magics,
|
* extent format more robust in face of on-disk corruption due to magics,
|
||||||
* internal redunancy in tree
|
* internal redundancy in tree
|
||||||
* improved file allocation (multi-block alloc)
|
* improved file allocation (multi-block alloc)
|
||||||
* fix 32000 subdirectory limit
|
* fix 32000 subdirectory limit
|
||||||
* nsec timestamps for mtime, atime, ctime, create time
|
* nsec timestamps for mtime, atime, ctime, create time
|
||||||
|
@ -116,10 +125,11 @@ grouping of bitmaps and inode tables. Some test results available here:
|
||||||
When mounting an ext4 filesystem, the following option are accepted:
|
When mounting an ext4 filesystem, the following option are accepted:
|
||||||
(*) == default
|
(*) == default
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extents (*) ext4 will use extents to address file data. The
|
ro Mount filesystem read only. Note that ext4 will
|
||||||
file system will no longer be mountable by ext3.
|
replay the journal (and thus write to the
|
||||||
|
partition) even when mounted "read only". The
|
||||||
noextents ext4 will not use extents for newly created files
|
mount options "ro,noload" can be used to prevent
|
||||||
|
writes to the filesystem.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
journal_checksum Enable checksumming of the journal transactions.
|
journal_checksum Enable checksumming of the journal transactions.
|
||||||
This will allow the recovery code in e2fsck and the
|
This will allow the recovery code in e2fsck and the
|
||||||
|
@ -134,17 +144,17 @@ journal_async_commit Commit block can be written to disk without waiting
|
||||||
journal=update Update the ext4 file system's journal to the current
|
journal=update Update the ext4 file system's journal to the current
|
||||||
format.
|
format.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
journal=inum When a journal already exists, this option is ignored.
|
|
||||||
Otherwise, it specifies the number of the inode which
|
|
||||||
will represent the ext4 file system's journal file.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
journal_dev=devnum When the external journal device's major/minor numbers
|
journal_dev=devnum When the external journal device's major/minor numbers
|
||||||
have changed, this option allows the user to specify
|
have changed, this option allows the user to specify
|
||||||
the new journal location. The journal device is
|
the new journal location. The journal device is
|
||||||
identified through its new major/minor numbers encoded
|
identified through its new major/minor numbers encoded
|
||||||
in devnum.
|
in devnum.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
noload Don't load the journal on mounting.
|
noload Don't load the journal on mounting. Note that
|
||||||
|
if the filesystem was not unmounted cleanly,
|
||||||
|
skipping the journal replay will lead to the
|
||||||
|
filesystem containing inconsistencies that can
|
||||||
|
lead to any number of problems.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
data=journal All data are committed into the journal prior to being
|
data=journal All data are committed into the journal prior to being
|
||||||
written into the main file system.
|
written into the main file system.
|
||||||
|
@ -219,9 +229,12 @@ minixdf Make 'df' act like Minix.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
debug Extra debugging information is sent to syslog.
|
debug Extra debugging information is sent to syslog.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
errors=remount-ro(*) Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
|
errors=remount-ro Remount the filesystem read-only on an error.
|
||||||
errors=continue Keep going on a filesystem error.
|
errors=continue Keep going on a filesystem error.
|
||||||
errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
|
errors=panic Panic and halt the machine if an error occurs.
|
||||||
|
(These mount options override the errors behavior
|
||||||
|
specified in the superblock, which can be configured
|
||||||
|
using tune2fs)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
data_err=ignore(*) Just print an error message if an error occurs
|
data_err=ignore(*) Just print an error message if an error occurs
|
||||||
in a file data buffer in ordered mode.
|
in a file data buffer in ordered mode.
|
||||||
|
@ -261,6 +274,42 @@ delalloc (*) Deferring block allocation until write-out time.
|
||||||
nodelalloc Disable delayed allocation. Blocks are allocation
|
nodelalloc Disable delayed allocation. Blocks are allocation
|
||||||
when data is copied from user to page cache.
|
when data is copied from user to page cache.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
max_batch_time=usec Maximum amount of time ext4 should wait for
|
||||||
|
additional filesystem operations to be batch
|
||||||
|
together with a synchronous write operation.
|
||||||
|
Since a synchronous write operation is going to
|
||||||
|
force a commit and then a wait for the I/O
|
||||||
|
complete, it doesn't cost much, and can be a
|
||||||
|
huge throughput win, we wait for a small amount
|
||||||
|
of time to see if any other transactions can
|
||||||
|
piggyback on the synchronous write. The
|
||||||
|
algorithm used is designed to automatically tune
|
||||||
|
for the speed of the disk, by measuring the
|
||||||
|
amount of time (on average) that it takes to
|
||||||
|
finish committing a transaction. Call this time
|
||||||
|
the "commit time". If the time that the
|
||||||
|
transactoin has been running is less than the
|
||||||
|
commit time, ext4 will try sleeping for the
|
||||||
|
commit time to see if other operations will join
|
||||||
|
the transaction. The commit time is capped by
|
||||||
|
the max_batch_time, which defaults to 15000us
|
||||||
|
(15ms). This optimization can be turned off
|
||||||
|
entirely by setting max_batch_time to 0.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
min_batch_time=usec This parameter sets the commit time (as
|
||||||
|
described above) to be at least min_batch_time.
|
||||||
|
It defaults to zero microseconds. Increasing
|
||||||
|
this parameter may improve the throughput of
|
||||||
|
multi-threaded, synchronous workloads on very
|
||||||
|
fast disks, at the cost of increasing latency.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
journal_ioprio=prio The I/O priority (from 0 to 7, where 0 is the
|
||||||
|
highest priorty) which should be used for I/O
|
||||||
|
operations submitted by kjournald2 during a
|
||||||
|
commit operation. This defaults to 3, which is
|
||||||
|
a slightly higher priority than the default I/O
|
||||||
|
priority.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Data Mode
|
Data Mode
|
||||||
=========
|
=========
|
||||||
There are 3 different data modes:
|
There are 3 different data modes:
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -140,6 +140,7 @@ Table 1-1: Process specific entries in /proc
|
||||||
statm Process memory status information
|
statm Process memory status information
|
||||||
status Process status in human readable form
|
status Process status in human readable form
|
||||||
wchan If CONFIG_KALLSYMS is set, a pre-decoded wchan
|
wchan If CONFIG_KALLSYMS is set, a pre-decoded wchan
|
||||||
|
stack Report full stack trace, enable via CONFIG_STACKTRACE
|
||||||
smaps Extension based on maps, the rss size for each mapped file
|
smaps Extension based on maps, the rss size for each mapped file
|
||||||
..............................................................................
|
..............................................................................
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1385,6 +1386,15 @@ swapcache reclaim. Decreasing vfs_cache_pressure causes the kernel to prefer
|
||||||
to retain dentry and inode caches. Increasing vfs_cache_pressure beyond 100
|
to retain dentry and inode caches. Increasing vfs_cache_pressure beyond 100
|
||||||
causes the kernel to prefer to reclaim dentries and inodes.
|
causes the kernel to prefer to reclaim dentries and inodes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dirty_background_bytes
|
||||||
|
----------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Contains the amount of dirty memory at which the pdflush background writeback
|
||||||
|
daemon will start writeback.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If dirty_background_bytes is written, dirty_background_ratio becomes a function
|
||||||
|
of its value (dirty_background_bytes / the amount of dirtyable system memory).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dirty_background_ratio
|
dirty_background_ratio
|
||||||
----------------------
|
----------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1393,14 +1403,29 @@ pages + file cache, not including locked pages and HugePages), the number of
|
||||||
pages at which the pdflush background writeback daemon will start writing out
|
pages at which the pdflush background writeback daemon will start writing out
|
||||||
dirty data.
|
dirty data.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If dirty_background_ratio is written, dirty_background_bytes becomes a function
|
||||||
|
of its value (dirty_background_ratio * the amount of dirtyable system memory).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
dirty_bytes
|
||||||
|
-----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Contains the amount of dirty memory at which a process generating disk writes
|
||||||
|
will itself start writeback.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If dirty_bytes is written, dirty_ratio becomes a function of its value
|
||||||
|
(dirty_bytes / the amount of dirtyable system memory).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dirty_ratio
|
dirty_ratio
|
||||||
-----------------
|
-----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Contains, as a percentage of the dirtyable system memory (free pages + mapped
|
Contains, as a percentage of the dirtyable system memory (free pages + mapped
|
||||||
pages + file cache, not including locked pages and HugePages), the number of
|
pages + file cache, not including locked pages and HugePages), the number of
|
||||||
pages at which a process which is generating disk writes will itself start
|
pages at which a process which is generating disk writes will itself start
|
||||||
writing out dirty data.
|
writing out dirty data.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If dirty_ratio is written, dirty_bytes becomes a function of its value
|
||||||
|
(dirty_ratio * the amount of dirtyable system memory).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dirty_writeback_centisecs
|
dirty_writeback_centisecs
|
||||||
-------------------------
|
-------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
|
||||||
|
SQUASHFS 4.0 FILESYSTEM
|
||||||
|
=======================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Squashfs is a compressed read-only filesystem for Linux.
|
||||||
|
It uses zlib compression to compress files, inodes and directories.
|
||||||
|
Inodes in the system are very small and all blocks are packed to minimise
|
||||||
|
data overhead. Block sizes greater than 4K are supported up to a maximum
|
||||||
|
of 1Mbytes (default block size 128K).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Squashfs is intended for general read-only filesystem use, for archival
|
||||||
|
use (i.e. in cases where a .tar.gz file may be used), and in constrained
|
||||||
|
block device/memory systems (e.g. embedded systems) where low overhead is
|
||||||
|
needed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Mailing list: squashfs-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||||
|
Web site: www.squashfs.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. FILESYSTEM FEATURES
|
||||||
|
----------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Squashfs filesystem features versus Cramfs:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Squashfs Cramfs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Max filesystem size: 2^64 16 MiB
|
||||||
|
Max file size: ~ 2 TiB 16 MiB
|
||||||
|
Max files: unlimited unlimited
|
||||||
|
Max directories: unlimited unlimited
|
||||||
|
Max entries per directory: unlimited unlimited
|
||||||
|
Max block size: 1 MiB 4 KiB
|
||||||
|
Metadata compression: yes no
|
||||||
|
Directory indexes: yes no
|
||||||
|
Sparse file support: yes no
|
||||||
|
Tail-end packing (fragments): yes no
|
||||||
|
Exportable (NFS etc.): yes no
|
||||||
|
Hard link support: yes no
|
||||||
|
"." and ".." in readdir: yes no
|
||||||
|
Real inode numbers: yes no
|
||||||
|
32-bit uids/gids: yes no
|
||||||
|
File creation time: yes no
|
||||||
|
Xattr and ACL support: no no
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Squashfs compresses data, inodes and directories. In addition, inode and
|
||||||
|
directory data are highly compacted, and packed on byte boundaries. Each
|
||||||
|
compressed inode is on average 8 bytes in length (the exact length varies on
|
||||||
|
file type, i.e. regular file, directory, symbolic link, and block/char device
|
||||||
|
inodes have different sizes).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. USING SQUASHFS
|
||||||
|
-----------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
As squashfs is a read-only filesystem, the mksquashfs program must be used to
|
||||||
|
create populated squashfs filesystems. This and other squashfs utilities
|
||||||
|
can be obtained from http://www.squashfs.org. Usage instructions can be
|
||||||
|
obtained from this site also.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. SQUASHFS FILESYSTEM DESIGN
|
||||||
|
-----------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A squashfs filesystem consists of seven parts, packed together on a byte
|
||||||
|
alignment:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
---------------
|
||||||
|
| superblock |
|
||||||
|
|---------------|
|
||||||
|
| datablocks |
|
||||||
|
| & fragments |
|
||||||
|
|---------------|
|
||||||
|
| inode table |
|
||||||
|
|---------------|
|
||||||
|
| directory |
|
||||||
|
| table |
|
||||||
|
|---------------|
|
||||||
|
| fragment |
|
||||||
|
| table |
|
||||||
|
|---------------|
|
||||||
|
| export |
|
||||||
|
| table |
|
||||||
|
|---------------|
|
||||||
|
| uid/gid |
|
||||||
|
| lookup table |
|
||||||
|
---------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Compressed data blocks are written to the filesystem as files are read from
|
||||||
|
the source directory, and checked for duplicates. Once all file data has been
|
||||||
|
written the completed inode, directory, fragment, export and uid/gid lookup
|
||||||
|
tables are written.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3.1 Inodes
|
||||||
|
----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Metadata (inodes and directories) are compressed in 8Kbyte blocks. Each
|
||||||
|
compressed block is prefixed by a two byte length, the top bit is set if the
|
||||||
|
block is uncompressed. A block will be uncompressed if the -noI option is set,
|
||||||
|
or if the compressed block was larger than the uncompressed block.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Inodes are packed into the metadata blocks, and are not aligned to block
|
||||||
|
boundaries, therefore inodes overlap compressed blocks. Inodes are identified
|
||||||
|
by a 48-bit number which encodes the location of the compressed metadata block
|
||||||
|
containing the inode, and the byte offset into that block where the inode is
|
||||||
|
placed (<block, offset>).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To maximise compression there are different inodes for each file type
|
||||||
|
(regular file, directory, device, etc.), the inode contents and length
|
||||||
|
varying with the type.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To further maximise compression, two types of regular file inode and
|
||||||
|
directory inode are defined: inodes optimised for frequently occurring
|
||||||
|
regular files and directories, and extended types where extra
|
||||||
|
information has to be stored.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3.2 Directories
|
||||||
|
---------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Like inodes, directories are packed into compressed metadata blocks, stored
|
||||||
|
in a directory table. Directories are accessed using the start address of
|
||||||
|
the metablock containing the directory and the offset into the
|
||||||
|
decompressed block (<block, offset>).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Directories are organised in a slightly complex way, and are not simply
|
||||||
|
a list of file names. The organisation takes advantage of the
|
||||||
|
fact that (in most cases) the inodes of the files will be in the same
|
||||||
|
compressed metadata block, and therefore, can share the start block.
|
||||||
|
Directories are therefore organised in a two level list, a directory
|
||||||
|
header containing the shared start block value, and a sequence of directory
|
||||||
|
entries, each of which share the shared start block. A new directory header
|
||||||
|
is written once/if the inode start block changes. The directory
|
||||||
|
header/directory entry list is repeated as many times as necessary.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Directories are sorted, and can contain a directory index to speed up
|
||||||
|
file lookup. Directory indexes store one entry per metablock, each entry
|
||||||
|
storing the index/filename mapping to the first directory header
|
||||||
|
in each metadata block. Directories are sorted in alphabetical order,
|
||||||
|
and at lookup the index is scanned linearly looking for the first filename
|
||||||
|
alphabetically larger than the filename being looked up. At this point the
|
||||||
|
location of the metadata block the filename is in has been found.
|
||||||
|
The general idea of the index is ensure only one metadata block needs to be
|
||||||
|
decompressed to do a lookup irrespective of the length of the directory.
|
||||||
|
This scheme has the advantage that it doesn't require extra memory overhead
|
||||||
|
and doesn't require much extra storage on disk.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3.3 File data
|
||||||
|
-------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Regular files consist of a sequence of contiguous compressed blocks, and/or a
|
||||||
|
compressed fragment block (tail-end packed block). The compressed size
|
||||||
|
of each datablock is stored in a block list contained within the
|
||||||
|
file inode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To speed up access to datablocks when reading 'large' files (256 Mbytes or
|
||||||
|
larger), the code implements an index cache that caches the mapping from
|
||||||
|
block index to datablock location on disk.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The index cache allows Squashfs to handle large files (up to 1.75 TiB) while
|
||||||
|
retaining a simple and space-efficient block list on disk. The cache
|
||||||
|
is split into slots, caching up to eight 224 GiB files (128 KiB blocks).
|
||||||
|
Larger files use multiple slots, with 1.75 TiB files using all 8 slots.
|
||||||
|
The index cache is designed to be memory efficient, and by default uses
|
||||||
|
16 KiB.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3.4 Fragment lookup table
|
||||||
|
-------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Regular files can contain a fragment index which is mapped to a fragment
|
||||||
|
location on disk and compressed size using a fragment lookup table. This
|
||||||
|
fragment lookup table is itself stored compressed into metadata blocks.
|
||||||
|
A second index table is used to locate these. This second index table for
|
||||||
|
speed of access (and because it is small) is read at mount time and cached
|
||||||
|
in memory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3.5 Uid/gid lookup table
|
||||||
|
------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For space efficiency regular files store uid and gid indexes, which are
|
||||||
|
converted to 32-bit uids/gids using an id look up table. This table is
|
||||||
|
stored compressed into metadata blocks. A second index table is used to
|
||||||
|
locate these. This second index table for speed of access (and because it
|
||||||
|
is small) is read at mount time and cached in memory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3.6 Export table
|
||||||
|
----------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To enable Squashfs filesystems to be exportable (via NFS etc.) filesystems
|
||||||
|
can optionally (disabled with the -no-exports Mksquashfs option) contain
|
||||||
|
an inode number to inode disk location lookup table. This is required to
|
||||||
|
enable Squashfs to map inode numbers passed in filehandles to the inode
|
||||||
|
location on disk, which is necessary when the export code reinstantiates
|
||||||
|
expired/flushed inodes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This table is stored compressed into metadata blocks. A second index table is
|
||||||
|
used to locate these. This second index table for speed of access (and because
|
||||||
|
it is small) is read at mount time and cached in memory.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. TODOS AND OUTSTANDING ISSUES
|
||||||
|
-------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4.1 Todo list
|
||||||
|
-------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Implement Xattr and ACL support. The Squashfs 4.0 filesystem layout has hooks
|
||||||
|
for these but the code has not been written. Once the code has been written
|
||||||
|
the existing layout should not require modification.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4.2 Squashfs internal cache
|
||||||
|
---------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Blocks in Squashfs are compressed. To avoid repeatedly decompressing
|
||||||
|
recently accessed data Squashfs uses two small metadata and fragment caches.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The cache is not used for file datablocks, these are decompressed and cached in
|
||||||
|
the page-cache in the normal way. The cache is used to temporarily cache
|
||||||
|
fragment and metadata blocks which have been read as a result of a metadata
|
||||||
|
(i.e. inode or directory) or fragment access. Because metadata and fragments
|
||||||
|
are packed together into blocks (to gain greater compression) the read of a
|
||||||
|
particular piece of metadata or fragment will retrieve other metadata/fragments
|
||||||
|
which have been packed with it, these because of locality-of-reference may be
|
||||||
|
read in the near future. Temporarily caching them ensures they are available
|
||||||
|
for near future access without requiring an additional read and decompress.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
In the future this internal cache may be replaced with an implementation which
|
||||||
|
uses the kernel page cache. Because the page cache operates on page sized
|
||||||
|
units this may introduce additional complexity in terms of locking and
|
||||||
|
associated race conditions.
|
|
@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ struct super_operations {
|
||||||
void (*put_super) (struct super_block *);
|
void (*put_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
void (*write_super) (struct super_block *);
|
void (*write_super) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
int (*sync_fs)(struct super_block *sb, int wait);
|
int (*sync_fs)(struct super_block *sb, int wait);
|
||||||
void (*write_super_lockfs) (struct super_block *);
|
int (*freeze_fs) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
void (*unlockfs) (struct super_block *);
|
int (*unfreeze_fs) (struct super_block *);
|
||||||
int (*statfs) (struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
|
int (*statfs) (struct dentry *, struct kstatfs *);
|
||||||
int (*remount_fs) (struct super_block *, int *, char *);
|
int (*remount_fs) (struct super_block *, int *, char *);
|
||||||
void (*clear_inode) (struct inode *);
|
void (*clear_inode) (struct inode *);
|
||||||
|
@ -270,11 +270,11 @@ or bottom half).
|
||||||
a superblock. The second parameter indicates whether the method
|
a superblock. The second parameter indicates whether the method
|
||||||
should wait until the write out has been completed. Optional.
|
should wait until the write out has been completed. Optional.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
write_super_lockfs: called when VFS is locking a filesystem and
|
freeze_fs: called when VFS is locking a filesystem and
|
||||||
forcing it into a consistent state. This method is currently
|
forcing it into a consistent state. This method is currently
|
||||||
used by the Logical Volume Manager (LVM).
|
used by the Logical Volume Manager (LVM).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
unlockfs: called when VFS is unlocking a filesystem and making it writable
|
unfreeze_fs: called when VFS is unlocking a filesystem and making it writable
|
||||||
again.
|
again.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
statfs: called when the VFS needs to get filesystem statistics. This
|
statfs: called when the VFS needs to get filesystem statistics. This
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ a sensor.
|
||||||
Notice that some banks have both a read and a write address this is how the
|
Notice that some banks have both a read and a write address this is how the
|
||||||
uGuru determines if a read from or a write to the bank is taking place, thus
|
uGuru determines if a read from or a write to the bank is taking place, thus
|
||||||
when reading you should always use the read address and when writing the
|
when reading you should always use the read address and when writing the
|
||||||
write address. The write address is always one (1) more then the read address.
|
write address. The write address is always one (1) more than the read address.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
uGuru ready
|
uGuru ready
|
||||||
|
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Once all bytes have been read data will hold 0x09, but there is no reason to
|
||||||
test for this. Notice that the number of bytes is bank address dependent see
|
test for this. Notice that the number of bytes is bank address dependent see
|
||||||
above and below.
|
above and below.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After completing a successfull read it is advised to put the uGuru back in
|
After completing a successful read it is advised to put the uGuru back in
|
||||||
ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
|
ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
|
||||||
if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
|
if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
|
||||||
algorithm described above will still work.
|
algorithm described above will still work.
|
||||||
|
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ don't ask why this is the way it is.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Once DATA holds 0x01 read CMD it should hold 0xAC now.
|
Once DATA holds 0x01 read CMD it should hold 0xAC now.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After completing a successfull write it is advised to put the uGuru back in
|
After completing a successful write it is advised to put the uGuru back in
|
||||||
ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
|
ready mode, so that it is ready for the next read / write cycle. This way
|
||||||
if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
|
if your program / driver is unloaded and later loaded again the detection
|
||||||
algorithm described above will still work.
|
algorithm described above will still work.
|
||||||
|
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Bit 3: Beep if alarm (RW)
|
||||||
Bit 4: 1 if alarm cause measured temp is over the warning threshold (R)
|
Bit 4: 1 if alarm cause measured temp is over the warning threshold (R)
|
||||||
Bit 5: 1 if alarm cause measured volt is over the max threshold (R)
|
Bit 5: 1 if alarm cause measured volt is over the max threshold (R)
|
||||||
Bit 6: 1 if alarm cause measured volt is under the min threshold (R)
|
Bit 6: 1 if alarm cause measured volt is under the min threshold (R)
|
||||||
Bit 7: Volt sensor: Shutdown if alarm persist for more then 4 seconds (RW)
|
Bit 7: Volt sensor: Shutdown if alarm persist for more than 4 seconds (RW)
|
||||||
Temp sensor: Shutdown if temp is over the shutdown threshold (RW)
|
Temp sensor: Shutdown if temp is over the shutdown threshold (RW)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* This bit is only honored/used by the uGuru if a temp sensor is connected
|
* This bit is only honored/used by the uGuru if a temp sensor is connected
|
||||||
|
@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Byte 0:
|
||||||
Alarm behaviour for the selected sensor. A 1 enables the described behaviour.
|
Alarm behaviour for the selected sensor. A 1 enables the described behaviour.
|
||||||
Bit 0: Give an alarm if measured rpm is under the min threshold (RW)
|
Bit 0: Give an alarm if measured rpm is under the min threshold (RW)
|
||||||
Bit 3: Beep if alarm (RW)
|
Bit 3: Beep if alarm (RW)
|
||||||
Bit 7: Shutdown if alarm persist for more then 4 seconds (RW)
|
Bit 7: Shutdown if alarm persist for more than 4 seconds (RW)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Byte 1:
|
Byte 1:
|
||||||
min threshold (scale as bank 0x26)
|
min threshold (scale as bank 0x26)
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -31,15 +31,11 @@ Each of the measured inputs (temperature, fan speed) has corresponding high/low
|
||||||
limit values. The ADT7470 will signal an ALARM if any measured value exceeds
|
limit values. The ADT7470 will signal an ALARM if any measured value exceeds
|
||||||
either limit.
|
either limit.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The ADT7470 DOES NOT sample all inputs continuously. A single pin on the
|
The ADT7470 samples all inputs continuously. A kernel thread is started up for
|
||||||
ADT7470 is connected to a multitude of thermal diodes, but the chip must be
|
the purpose of periodically querying the temperature sensors, thus allowing the
|
||||||
instructed explicitly to read the multitude of diodes. If you want to use
|
automatic fan pwm control to set the fan speed. The driver will not read the
|
||||||
automatic fan control mode, you must manually read any of the temperature
|
registers more often than once every 5 seconds. Further, configuration data is
|
||||||
sensors or the fan control algorithm will not run. The chip WILL NOT DO THIS
|
only read once per minute.
|
||||||
AUTOMATICALLY; this must be done from userspace. This may be a bug in the chip
|
|
||||||
design, given that many other AD chips take care of this. The driver will not
|
|
||||||
read the registers more often than once every 5 seconds. Further,
|
|
||||||
configuration data is only read once per minute.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Special Features
|
Special Features
|
||||||
----------------
|
----------------
|
||||||
|
@ -72,5 +68,6 @@ pwm#_auto_point2_temp.
|
||||||
Notes
|
Notes
|
||||||
-----
|
-----
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
As stated above, the temperature inputs must be read periodically from
|
The temperature inputs no longer need to be read periodically from userspace in
|
||||||
userspace in order for the automatic pwm algorithm to run.
|
order for the automatic pwm algorithm to run. This was the case for earlier
|
||||||
|
versions of the driver.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||||
|
Kernel driver f71882fg
|
||||||
|
======================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Supported chips:
|
||||||
|
* Fintek F71882FG and F71883FG
|
||||||
|
Prefix: 'f71882fg'
|
||||||
|
Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
|
||||||
|
Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
|
||||||
|
* Fintek F71862FG and F71863FG
|
||||||
|
Prefix: 'f71862fg'
|
||||||
|
Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
|
||||||
|
Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website
|
||||||
|
* Fintek F8000
|
||||||
|
Prefix: 'f8000'
|
||||||
|
Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space
|
||||||
|
Datasheet: Not public
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Author: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Description
|
||||||
|
-----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Fintek F718xxFG/F8000 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring
|
||||||
|
capabilities. They can monitor up to 9 voltages (3 for the F8000), 4 fans and
|
||||||
|
3 temperature sensors.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
These chips also have fan controlling features, using either DC or PWM, in
|
||||||
|
three different modes (one manual, two automatic).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The driver assumes that no more than one chip is present, which seems
|
||||||
|
reasonable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Monitoring
|
||||||
|
----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The Voltage, Fan and Temperature Monitoring uses the standard sysfs
|
||||||
|
interface as documented in sysfs-interface, without any exceptions.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Fan Control
|
||||||
|
-----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Both PWM (pulse-width modulation) and DC fan speed control methods are
|
||||||
|
supported. The right one to use depends on external circuitry on the
|
||||||
|
motherboard, so the driver assumes that the BIOS set the method
|
||||||
|
properly.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
There are 2 modes to specify the speed of the fan, PWM duty cycle (or DC
|
||||||
|
voltage) mode, where 0-100% duty cycle (0-100% of 12V) is specified. And RPM
|
||||||
|
mode where the actual RPM of the fan (as measured) is controlled and the speed
|
||||||
|
gets specified as 0-100% of the fan#_full_speed file.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Since both modes work in a 0-100% (mapped to 0-255) scale, there isn't a
|
||||||
|
whole lot of a difference when modifying fan control settings. The only
|
||||||
|
important difference is that in RPM mode the 0-100% controls the fan speed
|
||||||
|
between 0-100% of fan#_full_speed. It is assumed that if the BIOS programs
|
||||||
|
RPM mode, it will also set fan#_full_speed properly, if it does not then
|
||||||
|
fan control will not work properly, unless you set a sane fan#_full_speed
|
||||||
|
value yourself.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Switching between these modes requires re-initializing a whole bunch of
|
||||||
|
registers, so the mode which the BIOS has set is kept. The mode is
|
||||||
|
printed when loading the driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Three different fan control modes are supported; the mode number is written
|
||||||
|
to the pwm#_enable file. Note that not all modes are supported on all
|
||||||
|
chips, and some modes may only be available in RPM / PWM mode on the F8000.
|
||||||
|
Writing an unsupported mode will result in an invalid parameter error.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* 1: Manual mode
|
||||||
|
You ask for a specific PWM duty cycle / DC voltage or a specific % of
|
||||||
|
fan#_full_speed by writing to the pwm# file. This mode is only
|
||||||
|
available on the F8000 if the fan channel is in RPM mode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* 2: Normal auto mode
|
||||||
|
You can define a number of temperature/fan speed trip points, which % the
|
||||||
|
fan should run at at this temp and which temp a fan should follow using the
|
||||||
|
standard sysfs interface. The number and type of trip points is chip
|
||||||
|
depended, see which files are available in sysfs.
|
||||||
|
Fan/PWM channel 3 of the F8000 is always in this mode!
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* 3: Thermostat mode (Only available on the F8000 when in duty cycle mode)
|
||||||
|
The fan speed is regulated to keep the temp the fan is mapped to between
|
||||||
|
temp#_auto_point2_temp and temp#_auto_point3_temp.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Both of the automatic modes require that pwm1 corresponds to fan1, pwm2 to
|
||||||
|
fan2 and pwm3 to fan3.
|
|
@ -26,6 +26,10 @@ Supported chips:
|
||||||
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
|
Datasheet: Publicly available at the ITE website
|
||||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0.2.zip
|
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0.2.zip
|
||||||
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0%203_(for%20C%20version).zip
|
http://www.ite.com.tw/product_info/file/pc/IT8718F_V0%203_(for%20C%20version).zip
|
||||||
|
* IT8720F
|
||||||
|
Prefix: 'it8720'
|
||||||
|
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||||
|
Datasheet: Not yet publicly available.
|
||||||
* SiS950 [clone of IT8705F]
|
* SiS950 [clone of IT8705F]
|
||||||
Prefix: 'it87'
|
Prefix: 'it87'
|
||||||
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports)
|
||||||
|
@ -71,7 +75,7 @@ Description
|
||||||
-----------
|
-----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
|
This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F,
|
||||||
IT8718F, IT8726F and SiS950 chips.
|
IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8726F and SiS950 chips.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports,
|
These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports,
|
||||||
joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they
|
joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they
|
||||||
|
@ -84,19 +88,19 @@ the IT8716F and late IT8712F have 6. They are shared with other functions
|
||||||
though, so the functionality may not be available on a given system.
|
though, so the functionality may not be available on a given system.
|
||||||
The driver dumbly assume it is there.
|
The driver dumbly assume it is there.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The IT8718F also features VID inputs (up to 8 pins) but the value is
|
The IT8718F and IT8720F also features VID inputs (up to 8 pins) but the value
|
||||||
stored in the Super-I/O configuration space. Due to technical limitations,
|
is stored in the Super-I/O configuration space. Due to technical limitations,
|
||||||
this value can currently only be read once at initialization time, so
|
this value can currently only be read once at initialization time, so
|
||||||
the driver won't notice and report changes in the VID value. The two
|
the driver won't notice and report changes in the VID value. The two
|
||||||
upper VID bits share their pins with voltage inputs (in5 and in6) so you
|
upper VID bits share their pins with voltage inputs (in5 and in6) so you
|
||||||
can't have both on a given board.
|
can't have both on a given board.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The IT8716F, IT8718F and later IT8712F revisions have support for
|
The IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F and later IT8712F revisions have support for
|
||||||
2 additional fans. The additional fans are supported by the driver.
|
2 additional fans. The additional fans are supported by the driver.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The IT8716F and IT8718F, and late IT8712F and IT8705F also have optional
|
The IT8716F, IT8718F and IT8720F, and late IT8712F and IT8705F also have
|
||||||
16-bit tachometer counters for fans 1 to 3. This is better (no more fan
|
optional 16-bit tachometer counters for fans 1 to 3. This is better (no more
|
||||||
clock divider mess) but not compatible with the older chips and
|
fan clock divider mess) but not compatible with the older chips and
|
||||||
revisions. The 16-bit tachometer mode is enabled by the driver when one
|
revisions. The 16-bit tachometer mode is enabled by the driver when one
|
||||||
of the above chips is detected.
|
of the above chips is detected.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -122,7 +126,7 @@ zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage
|
||||||
inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of
|
inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of
|
||||||
0.016 volt. The battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers.
|
0.016 volt. The battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The VID lines (IT8712F/IT8716F/IT8718F) encode the core voltage value:
|
The VID lines (IT8712F/IT8716F/IT8718F/IT8720F) encode the core voltage value:
|
||||||
the voltage level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by
|
the voltage level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by
|
||||||
the mainboard and/or processor itself. It is a value in volts.
|
the mainboard and/or processor itself. It is a value in volts.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
|
||||||
Kernel driver lm70
|
Kernel driver lm70
|
||||||
==================
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Supported chip:
|
Supported chips:
|
||||||
* National Semiconductor LM70
|
* National Semiconductor LM70
|
||||||
Datasheet: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM70.html
|
Datasheet: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM70.html
|
||||||
|
* Texas Instruments TMP121/TMP123
|
||||||
|
Information: http://focus.ti.com/docs/prod/folders/print/tmp121.html
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Author:
|
Author:
|
||||||
Kaiwan N Billimoria <kaiwan@designergraphix.com>
|
Kaiwan N Billimoria <kaiwan@designergraphix.com>
|
||||||
|
@ -25,6 +27,14 @@ complement digital temperature (sent via the SIO line), is available in the
|
||||||
driver for interpretation. This driver makes use of the kernel's in-core
|
driver for interpretation. This driver makes use of the kernel's in-core
|
||||||
SPI support.
|
SPI support.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
As a real (in-tree) example of this "SPI protocol driver" interfacing
|
||||||
|
with a "SPI master controller driver", see drivers/spi/spi_lm70llp.c
|
||||||
|
and its associated documentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The TMP121/TMP123 are very similar; main differences are 4 wire SPI inter-
|
||||||
|
face (read only) and 13-bit temperature data (0.0625 degrees celsius reso-
|
||||||
|
lution).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Thanks to
|
Thanks to
|
||||||
---------
|
---------
|
||||||
Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> for mentoring the hwmon-side driver
|
Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> for mentoring the hwmon-side driver
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ configured individually according to the following options.
|
||||||
temperature. (PWM value from 0 to 255)
|
temperature. (PWM value from 0 to 255)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
* pwm#_auto_pwm_minctl - this flags selects for temp#_auto_temp_off temperature
|
* pwm#_auto_pwm_minctl - this flags selects for temp#_auto_temp_off temperature
|
||||||
the bahaviour of fans. Write 1 to let fans spinning at
|
the behaviour of fans. Write 1 to let fans spinning at
|
||||||
pwm#_auto_pwm_min or write 0 to let them off.
|
pwm#_auto_pwm_min or write 0 to let them off.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE: It has been reported that there is a bug in the LM85 that causes the flag
|
NOTE: It has been reported that there is a bug in the LM85 that causes the flag
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||||
|
Kernel driver ltc4245
|
||||||
|
=====================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Supported chips:
|
||||||
|
* Linear Technology LTC4245
|
||||||
|
Prefix: 'ltc4245'
|
||||||
|
Addresses scanned: 0x20-0x3f
|
||||||
|
Datasheet:
|
||||||
|
http://www.linear.com/pc/downloadDocument.do?navId=H0,C1,C1003,C1006,C1140,P19392,D13517
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Author: Ira W. Snyder <iws@ovro.caltech.edu>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Description
|
||||||
|
-----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The LTC4245 controller allows a board to be safely inserted and removed
|
||||||
|
from a live backplane in multiple supply systems such as CompactPCI and
|
||||||
|
PCI Express.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Usage Notes
|
||||||
|
-----------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This driver does not probe for LTC4245 devices, due to the fact that some
|
||||||
|
of the possible addresses are unfriendly to probing. You will need to use
|
||||||
|
the "force" parameter to tell the driver where to find the device.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Example: the following will load the driver for an LTC4245 at address 0x23
|
||||||
|
on I2C bus #1:
|
||||||
|
$ modprobe ltc4245 force=1,0x23
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Sysfs entries
|
||||||
|
-------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The LTC4245 has built-in limits for over and under current warnings. This
|
||||||
|
makes it very likely that the reference circuit will be used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This driver uses the values in the datasheet to change the register values
|
||||||
|
into the values specified in the sysfs-interface document. The current readings
|
||||||
|
rely on the sense resistors listed in Table 2: "Sense Resistor Values".
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
in1_input 12v input voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
in2_input 5v input voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
in3_input 3v input voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
in4_input Vee (-12v) input voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
in1_min_alarm 12v input undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
in2_min_alarm 5v input undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
in3_min_alarm 3v input undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
in4_min_alarm Vee (-12v) input undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
curr1_input 12v current (mA)
|
||||||
|
curr2_input 5v current (mA)
|
||||||
|
curr3_input 3v current (mA)
|
||||||
|
curr4_input Vee (-12v) current (mA)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
curr1_max_alarm 12v overcurrent alarm
|
||||||
|
curr2_max_alarm 5v overcurrent alarm
|
||||||
|
curr3_max_alarm 3v overcurrent alarm
|
||||||
|
curr4_max_alarm Vee (-12v) overcurrent alarm
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
in5_input 12v output voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
in6_input 5v output voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
in7_input 3v output voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
in8_input Vee (-12v) output voltage (mV)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
in5_min_alarm 12v output undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
in6_min_alarm 5v output undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
in7_min_alarm 3v output undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
in8_min_alarm Vee (-12v) output undervoltage alarm
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
in9_input GPIO #1 voltage data
|
||||||
|
in10_input GPIO #2 voltage data
|
||||||
|
in11_input GPIO #3 voltage data
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
power1_input 12v power usage (mW)
|
||||||
|
power2_input 5v power usage (mW)
|
||||||
|
power3_input 3v power usage (mW)
|
||||||
|
power4_input Vee (-12v) power usage (mW)
|
|
@ -11,3 +11,8 @@ unplug old device(s) and plug new device(s)
|
||||||
# echo -n "1" > /sys/class/ide_port/idex/scan
|
# echo -n "1" > /sys/class/ide_port/idex/scan
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
done
|
done
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NOTE: please make sure that partitions are unmounted and that there are
|
||||||
|
no other active references to devices before doing "delete_devices" step,
|
||||||
|
also do not attempt "scan" step on devices currently in use -- otherwise
|
||||||
|
results may be unpredictable and lead to data loss if you're unlucky
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Walkera WK-0701 transmitter is supplied with a ready to fly Walkera
|
||||||
|
helicopters such as HM36, HM37, HM60. The walkera0701 module enables to use
|
||||||
|
this transmitter as joystick
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Devel homepage and download:
|
||||||
|
http://zub.fei.tuke.sk/walkera-wk0701/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
or use cogito:
|
||||||
|
cg-clone http://zub.fei.tuke.sk/GIT/walkera0701-joystick
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Connecting to PC:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
At back side of transmitter S-video connector can be found. Modulation
|
||||||
|
pulses from processor to HF part can be found at pin 2 of this connector,
|
||||||
|
pin 3 is GND. Between pin 3 and CPU 5k6 resistor can be found. To get
|
||||||
|
modulation pulses to PC, signal pulses must be amplified.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Cable: (walkera TX to parport)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Walkera WK-0701 TX S-VIDEO connector:
|
||||||
|
(back side of TX)
|
||||||
|
__ __ S-video: canon25
|
||||||
|
/ |_| \ pin 2 (signal) NPN parport
|
||||||
|
/ O 4 3 O \ pin 3 (GND) LED ________________ 10 ACK
|
||||||
|
( O 2 1 O ) | C
|
||||||
|
\ ___ / 2 ________________________|\|_____|/
|
||||||
|
| [___] | |/| B |\
|
||||||
|
------- 3 __________________________________|________________ 25 GND
|
||||||
|
E
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
I use green LED and BC109 NPN transistor.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Software:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Build kernel with walkera0701 module. Module walkera0701 need exclusive
|
||||||
|
access to parport, modules like lp must be unloaded before loading
|
||||||
|
walkera0701 module, check dmesg for error messages. Connect TX to PC by
|
||||||
|
cable and run jstest /dev/input/js0 to see values from TX. If no value can
|
||||||
|
be changed by TX "joystick", check output from /proc/interrupts. Value for
|
||||||
|
(usually irq7) parport must increase if TX is on.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Technical details:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Driver use interrupt from parport ACK input bit to measure pulse length
|
||||||
|
using hrtimers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frame format:
|
||||||
|
Based on walkera WK-0701 PCM Format description by Shaul Eizikovich.
|
||||||
|
(downloaded from http://www.smartpropoplus.com/Docs/Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Signal pulses:
|
||||||
|
(ANALOG)
|
||||||
|
SYNC BIN OCT
|
||||||
|
+---------+ +------+
|
||||||
|
| | | |
|
||||||
|
--+ +------+ +---
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Frame:
|
||||||
|
SYNC , BIN1, OCT1, BIN2, OCT2 ... BIN24, OCT24, BIN25, next frame SYNC ..
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
pulse length:
|
||||||
|
Binary values: Analog octal values:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
288 uS Binary 0 318 uS 000
|
||||||
|
438 uS Binary 1 398 uS 001
|
||||||
|
478 uS 010
|
||||||
|
558 uS 011
|
||||||
|
638 uS 100
|
||||||
|
1306 uS SYNC 718 uS 101
|
||||||
|
798 uS 110
|
||||||
|
878 uS 111
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
24 bin+oct values + 1 bin value = 24*4+1 bits = 97 bits
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(Warning, pulses on ACK ar inverted by transistor, irq is rised up on sync
|
||||||
|
to bin change or octal value to bin change).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Binary data representations:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
One binary and octal value can be grouped to nibble. 24 nibbles + one binary
|
||||||
|
values can be sampled between sync pulses.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Values for first four channels (analog joystick values) can be found in
|
||||||
|
first 10 nibbles. Analog value is represented by one sign bit and 9 bit
|
||||||
|
absolute binary value. (10 bits per channel). Next nibble is checksum for
|
||||||
|
first ten nibbles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Next nibbles 12 .. 21 represents four channels (not all channels can be
|
||||||
|
directly controlled from TX). Binary representations ar the same as in first
|
||||||
|
four channels. In nibbles 22 and 23 is a special magic number. Nibble 24 is
|
||||||
|
checksum for nibbles 12..23.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
After last octal value for nibble 24 and next sync pulse one additional
|
||||||
|
binary value can be sampled. This bit and magic number is not used in
|
||||||
|
software driver. Some details about this magic numbers can be found in
|
||||||
|
Walkera_Wk-0701_PCM.pdf.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Checksum calculation:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Summary of octal values in nibbles must be same as octal value in checksum
|
||||||
|
nibble (only first 3 bits are used). Binary value for checksum nibble is
|
||||||
|
calculated by sum of binary values in checked nibbles + sum of octal values
|
||||||
|
in checked nibbles divided by 8. Only bit 0 of this sum is used.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments
|
||||||
'B' C0-FF advanced bbus
|
'B' C0-FF advanced bbus
|
||||||
<mailto:maassen@uni-freiburg.de>
|
<mailto:maassen@uni-freiburg.de>
|
||||||
'C' all linux/soundcard.h
|
'C' all linux/soundcard.h
|
||||||
'D' all asm-s390/dasd.h
|
'D' all arch/s390/include/asm/dasd.h
|
||||||
'E' all linux/input.h
|
'E' all linux/input.h
|
||||||
'F' all linux/fb.h
|
'F' all linux/fb.h
|
||||||
'H' all linux/hiddev.h
|
'H' all linux/hiddev.h
|
||||||
|
@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments
|
||||||
'S' 80-81 scsi/scsi_ioctl.h conflict!
|
'S' 80-81 scsi/scsi_ioctl.h conflict!
|
||||||
'S' 82-FF scsi/scsi.h conflict!
|
'S' 82-FF scsi/scsi.h conflict!
|
||||||
'T' all linux/soundcard.h conflict!
|
'T' all linux/soundcard.h conflict!
|
||||||
'T' all asm-i386/ioctls.h conflict!
|
'T' all arch/x86/include/asm/ioctls.h conflict!
|
||||||
'U' 00-EF linux/drivers/usb/usb.h
|
'U' 00-EF linux/drivers/usb/usb.h
|
||||||
'V' all linux/vt.h
|
'V' all linux/vt.h
|
||||||
'W' 00-1F linux/watchdog.h conflict!
|
'W' 00-1F linux/watchdog.h conflict!
|
||||||
|
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments
|
||||||
<mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl>
|
<mailto:natalia@nikhefk.nikhef.nl>
|
||||||
'c' 00-7F linux/comstats.h conflict!
|
'c' 00-7F linux/comstats.h conflict!
|
||||||
'c' 00-7F linux/coda.h conflict!
|
'c' 00-7F linux/coda.h conflict!
|
||||||
'c' 80-9F asm-s390/chsc.h
|
'c' 80-9F arch/s390/include/asm/chsc.h
|
||||||
'd' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm/h conflict!
|
'd' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm/h conflict!
|
||||||
'd' 00-DF linux/video_decoder.h conflict!
|
'd' 00-DF linux/video_decoder.h conflict!
|
||||||
'd' F0-FF linux/digi1.h
|
'd' F0-FF linux/digi1.h
|
||||||
|
@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Code Seq# Include File Comments
|
||||||
<mailto:oe@port.de>
|
<mailto:oe@port.de>
|
||||||
0x80 00-1F linux/fb.h
|
0x80 00-1F linux/fb.h
|
||||||
0x81 00-1F linux/videotext.h
|
0x81 00-1F linux/videotext.h
|
||||||
0x89 00-06 asm-i386/sockios.h
|
0x89 00-06 arch/x86/include/asm/sockios.h
|
||||||
0x89 0B-DF linux/sockios.h
|
0x89 0B-DF linux/sockios.h
|
||||||
0x89 E0-EF linux/sockios.h SIOCPROTOPRIVATE range
|
0x89 E0-EF linux/sockios.h SIOCPROTOPRIVATE range
|
||||||
0x89 F0-FF linux/sockios.h SIOCDEVPRIVATE range
|
0x89 F0-FF linux/sockios.h SIOCDEVPRIVATE range
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -124,3 +124,10 @@ KBUILD_EXTRA_SYMBOLS
|
||||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
For modules use symbols from another modules.
|
For modules use symbols from another modules.
|
||||||
See more details in modules.txt.
|
See more details in modules.txt.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ALLSOURCE_ARCHS
|
||||||
|
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
For tags/TAGS/cscope targets, you can specify more than one archs
|
||||||
|
to be included in the databases, separated by blankspace. e.g.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ make ALLSOURCE_ARCHS="x86 mips arm" tags
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ following files:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Module specific targets
|
# Module specific targets
|
||||||
genbin:
|
genbin:
|
||||||
echo "X" > 8123_bin_shipped
|
echo "X" > 8123_bin.o_shipped
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
In example 2, we are down to two fairly simple files and for simple
|
In example 2, we are down to two fairly simple files and for simple
|
||||||
|
@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ following files:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# Module specific targets
|
# Module specific targets
|
||||||
genbin:
|
genbin:
|
||||||
echo "X" > 8123_bin_shipped
|
echo "X" > 8123_bin.o_shipped
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
endif
|
endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -71,6 +71,11 @@ The @argument descriptions must begin on the very next line following
|
||||||
this opening short function description line, with no intervening
|
this opening short function description line, with no intervening
|
||||||
empty comment lines.
|
empty comment lines.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If a function parameter is "..." (varargs), it should be listed in
|
||||||
|
kernel-doc notation as:
|
||||||
|
* @...: description
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example kernel-doc data structure comment.
|
Example kernel-doc data structure comment.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/**
|
/**
|
||||||
|
@ -282,6 +287,32 @@ struct my_struct {
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Including documentation blocks in source files
|
||||||
|
----------------------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To facilitate having source code and comments close together, you can
|
||||||
|
include kernel-doc documentation blocks that are free-form comments
|
||||||
|
instead of being kernel-doc for functions, structures, unions,
|
||||||
|
enums, or typedefs. This could be used for something like a
|
||||||
|
theory of operation for a driver or library code, for example.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This is done by using a DOC: section keyword with a section title. E.g.:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
/**
|
||||||
|
* DOC: Theory of Operation
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The whizbang foobar is a dilly of a gizmo. It can do whatever you
|
||||||
|
* want it to do, at any time. It reads your mind. Here's how it works.
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* foo bar splat
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* The only drawback to this gizmo is that is can sometimes damage
|
||||||
|
* hardware, software, or its subject(s).
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DOC: sections are used in SGML templates files as indicated below.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
How to make new SGML template files
|
How to make new SGML template files
|
||||||
-----------------------------------
|
-----------------------------------
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -302,6 +333,9 @@ exported using EXPORT_SYMBOL.
|
||||||
!F<filename> <function [functions...]> is replaced by the
|
!F<filename> <function [functions...]> is replaced by the
|
||||||
documentation, in <filename>, for the functions listed.
|
documentation, in <filename>, for the functions listed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
!P<filename> <section title> is replaced by the contents of the DOC:
|
||||||
|
section titled <section title> from <filename>.
|
||||||
|
Spaces are allowed in <section title>; do not quote the <section title>.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Tim.
|
Tim.
|
||||||
*/ <twaugh@redhat.com>
|
*/ <twaugh@redhat.com>
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -91,6 +91,7 @@ parameter is applicable:
|
||||||
SUSPEND System suspend states are enabled.
|
SUSPEND System suspend states are enabled.
|
||||||
FTRACE Function tracing enabled.
|
FTRACE Function tracing enabled.
|
||||||
TS Appropriate touchscreen support is enabled.
|
TS Appropriate touchscreen support is enabled.
|
||||||
|
UMS USB Mass Storage support is enabled.
|
||||||
USB USB support is enabled.
|
USB USB support is enabled.
|
||||||
USBHID USB Human Interface Device support is enabled.
|
USBHID USB Human Interface Device support is enabled.
|
||||||
V4L Video For Linux support is enabled.
|
V4L Video For Linux support is enabled.
|
||||||
|
@ -140,6 +141,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
ht -- run only enough ACPI to enable Hyper Threading
|
ht -- run only enough ACPI to enable Hyper Threading
|
||||||
strict -- Be less tolerant of platforms that are not
|
strict -- Be less tolerant of platforms that are not
|
||||||
strictly ACPI specification compliant.
|
strictly ACPI specification compliant.
|
||||||
|
rsdt -- prefer RSDT over (default) XSDT
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
See also Documentation/power/pm.txt, pci=noacpi
|
See also Documentation/power/pm.txt, pci=noacpi
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -150,16 +152,20 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
default: 0
|
default: 0
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options
|
acpi_sleep= [HW,ACPI] Sleep options
|
||||||
Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_nohwsig, old_ordering }
|
Format: { s3_bios, s3_mode, s3_beep, s4_nohwsig,
|
||||||
See Documentation/power/video.txt for s3_bios and s3_mode.
|
old_ordering, s4_nonvs }
|
||||||
|
See Documentation/power/video.txt for information on
|
||||||
|
s3_bios and s3_mode.
|
||||||
s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
|
s3_beep is for debugging; it makes the PC's speaker beep
|
||||||
as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called.
|
as soon as the kernel's real-mode entry point is called.
|
||||||
s4_nohwsig prevents ACPI hardware signature from being
|
s4_nohwsig prevents ACPI hardware signature from being
|
||||||
used during resume from hibernation.
|
used during resume from hibernation.
|
||||||
old_ordering causes the ACPI 1.0 ordering of the _PTS
|
old_ordering causes the ACPI 1.0 ordering of the _PTS
|
||||||
control method, wrt putting devices into low power
|
control method, with respect to putting devices into
|
||||||
states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering of _PTS is
|
low power states, to be enforced (the ACPI 2.0 ordering
|
||||||
used by default).
|
of _PTS is used by default).
|
||||||
|
s4_nonvs prevents the kernel from saving/restoring the
|
||||||
|
ACPI NVS memory during hibernation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
acpi_sci= [HW,ACPI] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode
|
acpi_sci= [HW,ACPI] ACPI System Control Interrupt trigger mode
|
||||||
Format: { level | edge | high | low }
|
Format: { level | edge | high | low }
|
||||||
|
@ -194,7 +200,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
acpi_skip_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
|
acpi_skip_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
|
||||||
Recognize and ignore IRQ0/pin2 Interrupt Override.
|
Recognize and ignore IRQ0/pin2 Interrupt Override.
|
||||||
For broken nForce2 BIOS resulting in XT-PIC timer.
|
For broken nForce2 BIOS resulting in XT-PIC timer.
|
||||||
acpi_use_timer_override [HW,ACPI}
|
acpi_use_timer_override [HW,ACPI]
|
||||||
Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards
|
Use timer override. For some broken Nvidia NF5 boards
|
||||||
that require a timer override, but don't have
|
that require a timer override, but don't have
|
||||||
HPET
|
HPET
|
||||||
|
@ -469,8 +475,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
clearcpuid=BITNUM [X86]
|
clearcpuid=BITNUM [X86]
|
||||||
Disable CPUID feature X for the kernel. See
|
Disable CPUID feature X for the kernel. See
|
||||||
include/asm-x86/cpufeature.h for the valid bit numbers.
|
arch/x86/include/asm/cpufeature.h for the valid bit
|
||||||
Note the Linux specific bits are not necessarily
|
numbers. Note the Linux specific bits are not necessarily
|
||||||
stable over kernel options, but the vendor specific
|
stable over kernel options, but the vendor specific
|
||||||
ones should be.
|
ones should be.
|
||||||
Also note that user programs calling CPUID directly
|
Also note that user programs calling CPUID directly
|
||||||
|
@ -551,6 +557,11 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
not work reliably with all consoles, but is known
|
not work reliably with all consoles, but is known
|
||||||
to work with serial and VGA consoles.
|
to work with serial and VGA consoles.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
coredump_filter=
|
||||||
|
[KNL] Change the default value for
|
||||||
|
/proc/<pid>/coredump_filter.
|
||||||
|
See also Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
cpcihp_generic= [HW,PCI] Generic port I/O CompactPCI driver
|
cpcihp_generic= [HW,PCI] Generic port I/O CompactPCI driver
|
||||||
Format:
|
Format:
|
||||||
<first_slot>,<last_slot>,<port>,<enum_bit>[,<debug>]
|
<first_slot>,<last_slot>,<port>,<enum_bit>[,<debug>]
|
||||||
|
@ -823,8 +834,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
hlt [BUGS=ARM,SH]
|
hlt [BUGS=ARM,SH]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
hvc_iucv= [S390] Number of z/VM IUCV Hypervisor console (HVC)
|
hvc_iucv= [S390] Number of z/VM IUCV hypervisor console (HVC)
|
||||||
back-ends. Valid parameters: 0..8
|
terminal devices. Valid values: 0..8
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
i8042.debug [HW] Toggle i8042 debug mode
|
i8042.debug [HW] Toggle i8042 debug mode
|
||||||
i8042.direct [HW] Put keyboard port into non-translated mode
|
i8042.direct [HW] Put keyboard port into non-translated mode
|
||||||
|
@ -872,17 +883,19 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
See Documentation/ide/ide.txt.
|
See Documentation/ide/ide.txt.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
idle= [X86]
|
idle= [X86]
|
||||||
Format: idle=poll or idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
|
Format: idle=poll, idle=mwait, idle=halt, idle=nomwait
|
||||||
Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly improves the performance
|
Poll forces a polling idle loop that can slightly
|
||||||
of waking up a idle CPU, but will use a lot of power and make the system
|
improve the performance of waking up a idle CPU, but
|
||||||
run hot. Not recommended.
|
will use a lot of power and make the system run hot.
|
||||||
idle=mwait. On systems which support MONITOR/MWAIT but the kernel chose
|
Not recommended.
|
||||||
to not use it because it doesn't save as much power as a normal idle
|
idle=mwait: On systems which support MONITOR/MWAIT but
|
||||||
loop use the MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be the same
|
the kernel chose to not use it because it doesn't save
|
||||||
as idle=poll.
|
as much power as a normal idle loop, use the
|
||||||
idle=halt. Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle.
|
MONITOR/MWAIT idle loop anyways. Performance should be
|
||||||
|
the same as idle=poll.
|
||||||
|
idle=halt: Halt is forced to be used for CPU idle.
|
||||||
In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
|
In such case C2/C3 won't be used again.
|
||||||
idle=nomwait. Disable mwait for CPU C-states
|
idle=nomwait: Disable mwait for CPU C-states
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ide-pci-generic.all-generic-ide [HW] (E)IDE subsystem
|
ide-pci-generic.all-generic-ide [HW] (E)IDE subsystem
|
||||||
Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
|
Claim all unknown PCI IDE storage controllers.
|
||||||
|
@ -913,6 +926,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
inttest= [IA64]
|
inttest= [IA64]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
iomem= Disable strict checking of access to MMIO memory
|
||||||
|
strict regions from userspace.
|
||||||
|
relaxed
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
iommu= [x86]
|
iommu= [x86]
|
||||||
off
|
off
|
||||||
force
|
force
|
||||||
|
@ -1064,8 +1081,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
lapic [X86-32,APIC] Enable the local APIC even if BIOS
|
lapic [X86-32,APIC] Enable the local APIC even if BIOS
|
||||||
disabled it.
|
disabled it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
lapic_timer_c2_ok [X86-32,x86-64,APIC] trust the local apic timer in
|
lapic_timer_c2_ok [X86-32,x86-64,APIC] trust the local apic timer
|
||||||
C2 power state.
|
in C2 power state.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
libata.dma= [LIBATA] DMA control
|
libata.dma= [LIBATA] DMA control
|
||||||
libata.dma=0 Disable all PATA and SATA DMA
|
libata.dma=0 Disable all PATA and SATA DMA
|
||||||
|
@ -1117,6 +1134,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
If there are multiple matching configurations changing
|
If there are multiple matching configurations changing
|
||||||
the same attribute, the last one is used.
|
the same attribute, the last one is used.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
lmb=debug [KNL] Enable lmb debug messages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
load_ramdisk= [RAM] List of ramdisks to load from floppy
|
load_ramdisk= [RAM] List of ramdisks to load from floppy
|
||||||
See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.
|
See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1550,6 +1569,9 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
nosoftlockup [KNL] Disable the soft-lockup detector.
|
nosoftlockup [KNL] Disable the soft-lockup detector.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
noswapaccount [KNL] Disable accounting of swap in memory resource
|
||||||
|
controller. (See Documentation/controllers/memory.txt)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
nosync [HW,M68K] Disables sync negotiation for all devices.
|
nosync [HW,M68K] Disables sync negotiation for all devices.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
notsc [BUGS=X86-32] Disable Time Stamp Counter
|
notsc [BUGS=X86-32] Disable Time Stamp Counter
|
||||||
|
@ -1569,6 +1591,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
nr_uarts= [SERIAL] maximum number of UARTs to be registered.
|
nr_uarts= [SERIAL] maximum number of UARTs to be registered.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ohci1394_dma=early [HW] enable debugging via the ohci1394 driver.
|
||||||
|
See Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt for more
|
||||||
|
info.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
olpc_ec_timeout= [OLPC] ms delay when issuing EC commands
|
olpc_ec_timeout= [OLPC] ms delay when issuing EC commands
|
||||||
Rather than timing out after 20 ms if an EC
|
Rather than timing out after 20 ms if an EC
|
||||||
command is not properly ACKed, override the length
|
command is not properly ACKed, override the length
|
||||||
|
@ -1793,10 +1819,10 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
autoconfiguration.
|
autoconfiguration.
|
||||||
Ranges are in pairs (memory base and size).
|
Ranges are in pairs (memory base and size).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dynamic_printk
|
dynamic_printk Enables pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls if
|
||||||
Enables pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls if
|
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG has been enabled.
|
||||||
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_PRINTK_DEBUG has been enabled. These can also
|
These can also be switched on/off via
|
||||||
be switched on/off via <debugfs>/dynamic_printk/modules
|
<debugfs>/dynamic_printk/modules
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
print-fatal-signals=
|
print-fatal-signals=
|
||||||
[KNL] debug: print fatal signals
|
[KNL] debug: print fatal signals
|
||||||
|
@ -2284,7 +2310,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
thermal.psv= [HW,ACPI]
|
thermal.psv= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||||
-1: disable all passive trip points
|
-1: disable all passive trip points
|
||||||
<degrees C>: override all passive trip points to this value
|
<degrees C>: override all passive trip points to this
|
||||||
|
value
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
thermal.tzp= [HW,ACPI]
|
thermal.tzp= [HW,ACPI]
|
||||||
Specify global default ACPI thermal zone polling rate
|
Specify global default ACPI thermal zone polling rate
|
||||||
|
@ -2372,6 +2399,41 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
usbhid.mousepoll=
|
usbhid.mousepoll=
|
||||||
[USBHID] The interval which mice are to be polled at.
|
[USBHID] The interval which mice are to be polled at.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
usb-storage.delay_use=
|
||||||
|
[UMS] The delay in seconds before a new device is
|
||||||
|
scanned for Logical Units (default 5).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
usb-storage.quirks=
|
||||||
|
[UMS] A list of quirks entries to supplement or
|
||||||
|
override the built-in unusual_devs list. List
|
||||||
|
entries are separated by commas. Each entry has
|
||||||
|
the form VID:PID:Flags where VID and PID are Vendor
|
||||||
|
and Product ID values (4-digit hex numbers) and
|
||||||
|
Flags is a set of characters, each corresponding
|
||||||
|
to a common usb-storage quirk flag as follows:
|
||||||
|
a = SANE_SENSE (collect more than 18 bytes
|
||||||
|
of sense data);
|
||||||
|
c = FIX_CAPACITY (decrease the reported
|
||||||
|
device capacity by one sector);
|
||||||
|
h = CAPACITY_HEURISTICS (decrease the
|
||||||
|
reported device capacity by one
|
||||||
|
sector if the number is odd);
|
||||||
|
i = IGNORE_DEVICE (don't bind to this
|
||||||
|
device);
|
||||||
|
l = NOT_LOCKABLE (don't try to lock and
|
||||||
|
unlock ejectable media);
|
||||||
|
m = MAX_SECTORS_64 (don't transfer more
|
||||||
|
than 64 sectors = 32 KB at a time);
|
||||||
|
o = CAPACITY_OK (accept the capacity
|
||||||
|
reported by the device);
|
||||||
|
r = IGNORE_RESIDUE (the device reports
|
||||||
|
bogus residue values);
|
||||||
|
s = SINGLE_LUN (the device has only one
|
||||||
|
Logical Unit);
|
||||||
|
w = NO_WP_DETECT (don't test whether the
|
||||||
|
medium is write-protected).
|
||||||
|
Example: quirks=0419:aaf5:rl,0421:0433:rc
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
add_efi_memmap [EFI; x86-32,X86-64] Include EFI memory map in
|
add_efi_memmap [EFI; x86-32,X86-64] Include EFI memory map in
|
||||||
kernel's map of available physical RAM.
|
kernel's map of available physical RAM.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -2432,8 +2494,8 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file
|
||||||
Format:
|
Format:
|
||||||
<irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
|
<irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
norandmaps Don't use address space randomization
|
norandmaps Don't use address space randomization. Equivalent to
|
||||||
Equivalent to echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
|
echo 0 > /proc/sys/kernel/randomize_va_space
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
______________________________________________________________________
|
______________________________________________________________________
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -118,8 +118,8 @@ the name of the kobject, call kobject_rename():
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
int kobject_rename(struct kobject *kobj, const char *new_name);
|
int kobject_rename(struct kobject *kobj, const char *new_name);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note kobject_rename does perform any locking or have a solid notion of
|
kobject_rename does not perform any locking or have a solid notion of
|
||||||
what names are valid so the provide must provide their own sanity checking
|
what names are valid so the caller must provide their own sanity checking
|
||||||
and serialization.
|
and serialization.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There is a function called kobject_set_name() but that is legacy cruft and
|
There is a function called kobject_set_name() but that is legacy cruft and
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -497,7 +497,10 @@ The first column provides the kernel address where the probe is inserted.
|
||||||
The second column identifies the type of probe (k - kprobe, r - kretprobe
|
The second column identifies the type of probe (k - kprobe, r - kretprobe
|
||||||
and j - jprobe), while the third column specifies the symbol+offset of
|
and j - jprobe), while the third column specifies the symbol+offset of
|
||||||
the probe. If the probed function belongs to a module, the module name
|
the probe. If the probed function belongs to a module, the module name
|
||||||
is also specified.
|
is also specified. Following columns show probe status. If the probe is on
|
||||||
|
a virtual address that is no longer valid (module init sections, module
|
||||||
|
virtual addresses that correspond to modules that've been unloaded),
|
||||||
|
such probes are marked with [GONE].
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/debug/kprobes/enabled: Turn kprobes ON/OFF
|
/debug/kprobes/enabled: Turn kprobes ON/OFF
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -1475,7 +1475,7 @@ Sysfs interface changelog:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
0x020100: Marker for thinkpad-acpi with hot key NVRAM polling
|
0x020100: Marker for thinkpad-acpi with hot key NVRAM polling
|
||||||
support. If you must, use it to know you should not
|
support. If you must, use it to know you should not
|
||||||
start an userspace NVRAM poller (allows to detect when
|
start a userspace NVRAM poller (allows to detect when
|
||||||
NVRAM is compiled out by the user because it is
|
NVRAM is compiled out by the user because it is
|
||||||
unneeded/undesired in the first place).
|
unneeded/undesired in the first place).
|
||||||
0x020101: Marker for thinkpad-acpi with hot key NVRAM polling
|
0x020101: Marker for thinkpad-acpi with hot key NVRAM polling
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -125,14 +125,14 @@ TRIDENT_CARD_MAGIC 0x5072696E trident_card sound/oss/trident.c
|
||||||
ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device include/linux/wanrouter.h
|
ROUTER_MAGIC 0x524d4157 wan_device include/linux/wanrouter.h
|
||||||
SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h
|
SCC_MAGIC 0x52696368 gs_port drivers/char/scc.h
|
||||||
SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
|
SAVEKMSG_MAGIC1 0x53415645 savekmsg arch/*/amiga/config.c
|
||||||
GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda include/asm-mips64/sn/gda.h
|
GDA_MAGIC 0x58464552 gda arch/mips/include/asm/sn/gda.h
|
||||||
RED_MAGIC1 0x5a2cf071 (any) mm/slab.c
|
RED_MAGIC1 0x5a2cf071 (any) mm/slab.c
|
||||||
STL_PORTMAGIC 0x5a7182c9 stlport include/linux/stallion.h
|
STL_PORTMAGIC 0x5a7182c9 stlport include/linux/stallion.h
|
||||||
EEPROM_MAGIC_VALUE 0x5ab478d2 lanai_dev drivers/atm/lanai.c
|
EEPROM_MAGIC_VALUE 0x5ab478d2 lanai_dev drivers/atm/lanai.c
|
||||||
HDLCDRV_MAGIC 0x5ac6e778 hdlcdrv_state include/linux/hdlcdrv.h
|
HDLCDRV_MAGIC 0x5ac6e778 hdlcdrv_state include/linux/hdlcdrv.h
|
||||||
EPCA_MAGIC 0x5c6df104 channel include/linux/epca.h
|
EPCA_MAGIC 0x5c6df104 channel include/linux/epca.h
|
||||||
PCXX_MAGIC 0x5c6df104 channel drivers/char/pcxx.h
|
PCXX_MAGIC 0x5c6df104 channel drivers/char/pcxx.h
|
||||||
KV_MAGIC 0x5f4b565f kernel_vars_s include/asm-mips64/sn/klkernvars.h
|
KV_MAGIC 0x5f4b565f kernel_vars_s arch/mips/include/asm/sn/klkernvars.h
|
||||||
I810_STATE_MAGIC 0x63657373 i810_state sound/oss/i810_audio.c
|
I810_STATE_MAGIC 0x63657373 i810_state sound/oss/i810_audio.c
|
||||||
TRIDENT_STATE_MAGIC 0x63657373 trient_state sound/oss/trident.c
|
TRIDENT_STATE_MAGIC 0x63657373 trient_state sound/oss/trident.c
|
||||||
M3_CARD_MAGIC 0x646e6f50 m3_card sound/oss/maestro3.c
|
M3_CARD_MAGIC 0x646e6f50 m3_card sound/oss/maestro3.c
|
||||||
|
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ CCB_MAGIC 0xf2691ad2 ccb drivers/scsi/ncr53c8xx.c
|
||||||
QUEUE_MAGIC_FREE 0xf7e1c9a3 queue_entry drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c
|
QUEUE_MAGIC_FREE 0xf7e1c9a3 queue_entry drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c
|
||||||
QUEUE_MAGIC_USED 0xf7e1cc33 queue_entry drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c
|
QUEUE_MAGIC_USED 0xf7e1cc33 queue_entry drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c
|
||||||
HTB_CMAGIC 0xFEFAFEF1 htb_class net/sched/sch_htb.c
|
HTB_CMAGIC 0xFEFAFEF1 htb_class net/sched/sch_htb.c
|
||||||
NMI_MAGIC 0x48414d4d455201 nmi_s include/asm-mips64/sn/nmi.h
|
NMI_MAGIC 0x48414d4d455201 nmi_s arch/mips/include/asm/sn/nmi.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that there are also defined special per-driver magic numbers in sound
|
Note that there are also defined special per-driver magic numbers in sound
|
||||||
memory management. See include/sound/sndmagic.h for complete list of them. Many
|
memory management. See include/sound/sndmagic.h for complete list of them. Many
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ config options.
|
||||||
This option can be kernel module too.
|
This option can be kernel module too.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--------------------------------
|
--------------------------------
|
||||||
3 sysfs files for memory hotplug
|
4 sysfs files for memory hotplug
|
||||||
--------------------------------
|
--------------------------------
|
||||||
All sections have their device information under /sys/devices/system/memory as
|
All sections have their device information under /sys/devices/system/memory as
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -138,11 +138,12 @@ For example, assume 1GiB section size. A device for a memory starting at
|
||||||
(0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4)
|
(0x100000000 / 1Gib = 4)
|
||||||
This device covers address range [0x100000000 ... 0x140000000)
|
This device covers address range [0x100000000 ... 0x140000000)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Under each section, you can see 3 files.
|
Under each section, you can see 4 files.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_index
|
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_index
|
||||||
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_device
|
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/phys_device
|
||||||
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
|
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/state
|
||||||
|
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX/removable
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
'phys_index' : read-only and contains section id, same as XXX.
|
'phys_index' : read-only and contains section id, same as XXX.
|
||||||
'state' : read-write
|
'state' : read-write
|
||||||
|
@ -150,10 +151,20 @@ Under each section, you can see 3 files.
|
||||||
at write: user can specify "online", "offline" command
|
at write: user can specify "online", "offline" command
|
||||||
'phys_device': read-only: designed to show the name of physical memory device.
|
'phys_device': read-only: designed to show the name of physical memory device.
|
||||||
This is not well implemented now.
|
This is not well implemented now.
|
||||||
|
'removable' : read-only: contains an integer value indicating
|
||||||
|
whether the memory section is removable or not
|
||||||
|
removable. A value of 1 indicates that the memory
|
||||||
|
section is removable and a value of 0 indicates that
|
||||||
|
it is not removable.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
NOTE:
|
NOTE:
|
||||||
These directories/files appear after physical memory hotplug phase.
|
These directories/files appear after physical memory hotplug phase.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If CONFIG_NUMA is enabled the
|
||||||
|
/sys/devices/system/memory/memoryXXX memory section
|
||||||
|
directories can also be accessed via symbolic links located in
|
||||||
|
the /sys/devices/system/node/node* directories. For example:
|
||||||
|
/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory9 -> ../../memory/memory9
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
--------------------------------
|
--------------------------------
|
||||||
4. Physical memory hot-add phase
|
4. Physical memory hot-add phase
|
||||||
|
@ -365,7 +376,6 @@ node if necessary.
|
||||||
- allowing memory hot-add to ZONE_MOVABLE. maybe we need some switch like
|
- allowing memory hot-add to ZONE_MOVABLE. maybe we need some switch like
|
||||||
sysctl or new control file.
|
sysctl or new control file.
|
||||||
- showing memory section and physical device relationship.
|
- showing memory section and physical device relationship.
|
||||||
- showing memory section and node relationship (maybe good for NUMA)
|
|
||||||
- showing memory section is under ZONE_MOVABLE or not
|
- showing memory section is under ZONE_MOVABLE or not
|
||||||
- test and make it better memory offlining.
|
- test and make it better memory offlining.
|
||||||
- support HugeTLB page migration and offlining.
|
- support HugeTLB page migration and offlining.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ FILES, CONFIGS AND COMPATABILITY
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Two files are introduced:
|
Two files are introduced:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
a) 'include/asm-mips/mach-au1x00/au1xxx_ide.h'
|
a) 'arch/mips/include/asm/mach-au1x00/au1xxx_ide.h'
|
||||||
containes : struct _auide_hwif
|
containes : struct _auide_hwif
|
||||||
timing parameters for PIO mode 0/1/2/3/4
|
timing parameters for PIO mode 0/1/2/3/4
|
||||||
timing parameters for MWDMA 0/1/2
|
timing parameters for MWDMA 0/1/2
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ A client would issue an operation by:
|
||||||
MSG_MORE should be set in msghdr::msg_flags on all but the last part of
|
MSG_MORE should be set in msghdr::msg_flags on all but the last part of
|
||||||
the request. Multiple requests may be made simultaneously.
|
the request. Multiple requests may be made simultaneously.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If a call is intended to go to a destination other then the default
|
If a call is intended to go to a destination other than the default
|
||||||
specified through connect(), then msghdr::msg_name should be set on the
|
specified through connect(), then msghdr::msg_name should be set on the
|
||||||
first request message of that call.
|
first request message of that call.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ As mentioned above, main purpose of TUN/TAP driver is tunneling.
|
||||||
It is used by VTun (http://vtun.sourceforge.net).
|
It is used by VTun (http://vtun.sourceforge.net).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Another interesting application using TUN/TAP is pipsecd
|
Another interesting application using TUN/TAP is pipsecd
|
||||||
(http://perso.enst.fr/~beyssac/pipsec/), an userspace IPSec
|
(http://perso.enst.fr/~beyssac/pipsec/), a userspace IPSec
|
||||||
implementation that can use complete kernel routing (unlike FreeS/WAN).
|
implementation that can use complete kernel routing (unlike FreeS/WAN).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3. How does Virtual network device actually work ?
|
3. How does Virtual network device actually work ?
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -109,12 +109,18 @@ and it's also much more restricted in the latter case:
|
||||||
FURTHER NOTES ON NO-MMU MMAP
|
FURTHER NOTES ON NO-MMU MMAP
|
||||||
============================
|
============================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(*) A request for a private mapping of less than a page in size may not return
|
(*) A request for a private mapping of a file may return a buffer that is not
|
||||||
a page-aligned buffer. This is because the kernel calls kmalloc() to
|
page-aligned. This is because XIP may take place, and the data may not be
|
||||||
allocate the buffer, not get_free_page().
|
paged aligned in the backing store.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(*) A list of all the mappings on the system is visible through /proc/maps in
|
(*) A request for an anonymous mapping will always be page aligned. If
|
||||||
no-MMU mode.
|
possible the size of the request should be a power of two otherwise some
|
||||||
|
of the space may be wasted as the kernel must allocate a power-of-2
|
||||||
|
granule but will only discard the excess if appropriately configured as
|
||||||
|
this has an effect on fragmentation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(*) A list of all the private copy and anonymous mappings on the system is
|
||||||
|
visible through /proc/maps in no-MMU mode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
(*) A list of all the mappings in use by a process is visible through
|
(*) A list of all the mappings in use by a process is visible through
|
||||||
/proc/<pid>/maps in no-MMU mode.
|
/proc/<pid>/maps in no-MMU mode.
|
||||||
|
@ -242,3 +248,18 @@ PROVIDING SHAREABLE BLOCK DEVICE SUPPORT
|
||||||
Provision of shared mappings on block device files is exactly the same as for
|
Provision of shared mappings on block device files is exactly the same as for
|
||||||
character devices. If there isn't a real device underneath, then the driver
|
character devices. If there isn't a real device underneath, then the driver
|
||||||
should allocate sufficient contiguous memory to honour any supported mapping.
|
should allocate sufficient contiguous memory to honour any supported mapping.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
=================================
|
||||||
|
ADJUSTING PAGE TRIMMING BEHAVIOUR
|
||||||
|
=================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NOMMU mmap automatically rounds up to the nearest power-of-2 number of pages
|
||||||
|
when performing an allocation. This can have adverse effects on memory
|
||||||
|
fragmentation, and as such, is left configurable. The default behaviour is to
|
||||||
|
aggressively trim allocations and discard any excess pages back in to the page
|
||||||
|
allocator. In order to retain finer-grained control over fragmentation, this
|
||||||
|
behaviour can either be disabled completely, or bumped up to a higher page
|
||||||
|
watermark where trimming begins.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Page trimming behaviour is configurable via the sysctl `vm.nr_trim_pages'.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ anyways).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
After detecting the processor type, the kernel patches out sections of code
|
After detecting the processor type, the kernel patches out sections of code
|
||||||
that shouldn't be used by writing nop's over it. Using cpufeatures requires
|
that shouldn't be used by writing nop's over it. Using cpufeatures requires
|
||||||
just 2 macros (found in include/asm-ppc/cputable.h), as seen in head.S
|
just 2 macros (found in arch/powerpc/include/asm/cputable.h), as seen in head.S
|
||||||
transfer_to_handler:
|
transfer_to_handler:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifdef CONFIG_ALTIVEC
|
#ifdef CONFIG_ALTIVEC
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
|
||||||
|
AMCC NDFC (NanD Flash Controller)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Required properties:
|
||||||
|
- compatible : "ibm,ndfc".
|
||||||
|
- reg : should specify chip select and size used for the chip (0x2000).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Optional properties:
|
||||||
|
- ccr : NDFC config and control register value (default 0).
|
||||||
|
- bank-settings : NDFC bank configuration register value (default 0).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Notes:
|
||||||
|
- partition(s) - follows the OF MTD standard for partitions
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Example:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
ndfc@1,0 {
|
||||||
|
compatible = "ibm,ndfc";
|
||||||
|
reg = <0x00000001 0x00000000 0x00002000>;
|
||||||
|
ccr = <0x00001000>;
|
||||||
|
bank-settings = <0x80002222>;
|
||||||
|
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||||
|
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nand {
|
||||||
|
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||||
|
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
partition@0 {
|
||||||
|
label = "kernel";
|
||||||
|
reg = <0x00000000 0x00200000>;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
partition@200000 {
|
||||||
|
label = "root";
|
||||||
|
reg = <0x00200000 0x03E00000>;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This is the memory-mapped registers for on board FPGA.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Required properities:
|
Required properities:
|
||||||
- compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis".
|
- compatible : should be "fsl,fpga-pixis".
|
||||||
- reg : should contain the address and the lenght of the FPPGA register
|
- reg : should contain the address and the length of the FPPGA register
|
||||||
set.
|
set.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Example (MPC8610HPCD):
|
Example (MPC8610HPCD):
|
||||||
|
@ -27,3 +27,33 @@ Example (MPC8610HPCD):
|
||||||
compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis";
|
compatible = "fsl,fpga-pixis";
|
||||||
reg = <0xe8000000 32>;
|
reg = <0xe8000000 32>;
|
||||||
};
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Freescale BCSR GPIO banks
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Some BCSR registers act as simple GPIO controllers, each such
|
||||||
|
register can be represented by the gpio-controller node.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Required properities:
|
||||||
|
- compatible : Should be "fsl,<board>-bcsr-gpio".
|
||||||
|
- reg : Should contain the address and the length of the GPIO bank
|
||||||
|
register.
|
||||||
|
- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the
|
||||||
|
second cell is used to specify optional paramters (currently unused).
|
||||||
|
- gpio-controller : Marks the port as GPIO controller.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Example:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bcsr@1,0 {
|
||||||
|
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||||
|
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||||
|
compatible = "fsl,mpc8360mds-bcsr";
|
||||||
|
reg = <1 0 0x8000>;
|
||||||
|
ranges = <0 1 0 0x8000>;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
bcsr13: gpio-controller@d {
|
||||||
|
#gpio-cells = <2>;
|
||||||
|
compatible = "fsl,mpc8360mds-bcsr-gpio";
|
||||||
|
reg = <0xd 1>;
|
||||||
|
gpio-controller;
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
};
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ Syscalls are implemented on Linux for S390 by the Supervisor call instruction (S
|
||||||
possibilities of these as the instruction is made up of a 0xA opcode & the second byte being
|
possibilities of these as the instruction is made up of a 0xA opcode & the second byte being
|
||||||
the syscall number. They are traced using the simple command.
|
the syscall number. They are traced using the simple command.
|
||||||
TR SVC <Optional value or range>
|
TR SVC <Optional value or range>
|
||||||
the syscalls are defined in linux/include/asm-s390/unistd.h
|
the syscalls are defined in linux/arch/s390/include/asm/unistd.h
|
||||||
e.g. to trace all file opens just do
|
e.g. to trace all file opens just do
|
||||||
TR SVC 5 ( as this is the syscall number of open )
|
TR SVC 5 ( as this is the syscall number of open )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ platform. Some of the interface routines are specific to Linux/390 and some
|
||||||
of them can be found on other Linux platforms implementations too.
|
of them can be found on other Linux platforms implementations too.
|
||||||
Miscellaneous function prototypes, data declarations, and macro definitions
|
Miscellaneous function prototypes, data declarations, and macro definitions
|
||||||
can be found in the architecture specific C header file
|
can be found in the architecture specific C header file
|
||||||
linux/include/asm-s390/irq.h.
|
linux/arch/s390/include/asm/irq.h.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Overview of CDS interface concepts
|
Overview of CDS interface concepts
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ S390 Debug Feature
|
||||||
==================
|
==================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
files: arch/s390/kernel/debug.c
|
files: arch/s390/kernel/debug.c
|
||||||
include/asm-s390/debug.h
|
arch/s390/include/asm/debug.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Description:
|
Description:
|
||||||
------------
|
------------
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ Changes from 20040920 to 20041018
|
||||||
I/O completion path a little more, especially taking care of
|
I/O completion path a little more, especially taking care of
|
||||||
fast-pathing the non-error case. Also removes tons of dead
|
fast-pathing the non-error case. Also removes tons of dead
|
||||||
members and defines from lpfc_scsi.h - e.g. lpfc_target is down
|
members and defines from lpfc_scsi.h - e.g. lpfc_target is down
|
||||||
to nothing more then the lpfc_nodelist pointer.
|
to nothing more than the lpfc_nodelist pointer.
|
||||||
* Added binary sysfs file to issue mbox commands
|
* Added binary sysfs file to issue mbox commands
|
||||||
* Replaced #if __BIG_ENDIAN with #if __BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD for
|
* Replaced #if __BIG_ENDIAN with #if __BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD for
|
||||||
compatibility with the user space applications.
|
compatibility with the user space applications.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Sun Sep 24 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
||||||
* version ncr53c8xx-3.4.1
|
* version ncr53c8xx-3.4.1
|
||||||
- Provide OpenFirmare path through the proc FS on PPC.
|
- Provide OpenFirmware path through the proc FS on PPC.
|
||||||
- Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs.
|
- Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Sun Jul 09 16:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
Sun Jul 09 16:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Sun Sep 24 21:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
Wed Jul 26 23:30 2000 Gerard Roudier (groudier@club-internet.fr)
|
||||||
* version sym53c8xx-1.7.1
|
* version sym53c8xx-1.7.1
|
||||||
- Provide OpenFirmare path through the proc FS on PPC.
|
- Provide OpenFirmware path through the proc FS on PPC.
|
||||||
- Download of on-chip SRAM using memcpy_toio() doesn't work
|
- Download of on-chip SRAM using memcpy_toio() doesn't work
|
||||||
on PPC. Restore previous method (MEMORY MOVE from SCRIPTS).
|
on PPC. Restore previous method (MEMORY MOVE from SCRIPTS).
|
||||||
- Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs.
|
- Remove trailing argument #2 from a couple of #undefs.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Vport States:
|
||||||
This is equivalent to a driver "attach" on an adapter, which is
|
This is equivalent to a driver "attach" on an adapter, which is
|
||||||
independent of the adapter's link state.
|
independent of the adapter's link state.
|
||||||
- Instantiation of the vport on the FC link via ELS traffic, etc.
|
- Instantiation of the vport on the FC link via ELS traffic, etc.
|
||||||
This is equivalent to a "link up" and successfull link initialization.
|
This is equivalent to a "link up" and successful link initialization.
|
||||||
Further information can be found in the interfaces section below for
|
Further information can be found in the interfaces section below for
|
||||||
Vport Creation.
|
Vport Creation.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Vport Creation:
|
||||||
This is equivalent to a driver "attach" on an adapter, which is
|
This is equivalent to a driver "attach" on an adapter, which is
|
||||||
independent of the adapter's link state.
|
independent of the adapter's link state.
|
||||||
- Instantiation of the vport on the FC link via ELS traffic, etc.
|
- Instantiation of the vport on the FC link via ELS traffic, etc.
|
||||||
This is equivalent to a "link up" and successfull link initialization.
|
This is equivalent to a "link up" and successful link initialization.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The LLDD's vport_create() function will not synchronously wait for both
|
The LLDD's vport_create() function will not synchronously wait for both
|
||||||
parts to be fully completed before returning. It must validate that the
|
parts to be fully completed before returning. It must validate that the
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -13,10 +13,20 @@ Description
|
||||||
This driver provides glue code connecting a National Semiconductor LM70 LLP
|
This driver provides glue code connecting a National Semiconductor LM70 LLP
|
||||||
temperature sensor evaluation board to the kernel's SPI core subsystem.
|
temperature sensor evaluation board to the kernel's SPI core subsystem.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This is a SPI master controller driver. It can be used in conjunction with
|
||||||
|
(layered under) the LM70 logical driver (a "SPI protocol driver").
|
||||||
In effect, this driver turns the parallel port interface on the eval board
|
In effect, this driver turns the parallel port interface on the eval board
|
||||||
into a SPI bus with a single device, which will be driven by the generic
|
into a SPI bus with a single device, which will be driven by the generic
|
||||||
LM70 driver (drivers/hwmon/lm70.c).
|
LM70 driver (drivers/hwmon/lm70.c).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Hardware Interfacing
|
||||||
|
--------------------
|
||||||
|
The schematic for this particular board (the LM70EVAL-LLP) is
|
||||||
|
available (on page 4) here:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
http://www.national.com/appinfo/tempsensors/files/LM70LLPEVALmanual.pdf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The hardware interfacing on the LM70 LLP eval board is as follows:
|
The hardware interfacing on the LM70 LLP eval board is as follows:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Parallel LM70 LLP
|
Parallel LM70 LLP
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -38,10 +38,12 @@ Currently, these files are in /proc/sys/vm:
|
||||||
- numa_zonelist_order
|
- numa_zonelist_order
|
||||||
- nr_hugepages
|
- nr_hugepages
|
||||||
- nr_overcommit_hugepages
|
- nr_overcommit_hugepages
|
||||||
|
- nr_trim_pages (only if CONFIG_MMU=n)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
==============================================================
|
==============================================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
dirty_ratio, dirty_background_ratio, dirty_expire_centisecs,
|
dirty_bytes, dirty_ratio, dirty_background_bytes,
|
||||||
|
dirty_background_ratio, dirty_expire_centisecs,
|
||||||
dirty_writeback_centisecs, highmem_is_dirtyable,
|
dirty_writeback_centisecs, highmem_is_dirtyable,
|
||||||
vfs_cache_pressure, laptop_mode, block_dump, swap_token_timeout,
|
vfs_cache_pressure, laptop_mode, block_dump, swap_token_timeout,
|
||||||
drop-caches, hugepages_treat_as_movable:
|
drop-caches, hugepages_treat_as_movable:
|
||||||
|
@ -347,3 +349,20 @@ Change the maximum size of the hugepage pool. The maximum is
|
||||||
nr_hugepages + nr_overcommit_hugepages.
|
nr_hugepages + nr_overcommit_hugepages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
|
See Documentation/vm/hugetlbpage.txt
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
==============================================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
nr_trim_pages
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This is available only on NOMMU kernels.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This value adjusts the excess page trimming behaviour of power-of-2 aligned
|
||||||
|
NOMMU mmap allocations.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
A value of 0 disables trimming of allocations entirely, while a value of 1
|
||||||
|
trims excess pages aggressively. Any value >= 1 acts as the watermark where
|
||||||
|
trimming of allocations is initiated.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The default value is 1.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
See Documentation/nommu-mmap.txt for more information.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -313,11 +313,13 @@ three of the methods listed above. In addition, a driver indicates
|
||||||
that it supports autosuspend by setting the .supports_autosuspend flag
|
that it supports autosuspend by setting the .supports_autosuspend flag
|
||||||
in its usb_driver structure. It is then responsible for informing the
|
in its usb_driver structure. It is then responsible for informing the
|
||||||
USB core whenever one of its interfaces becomes busy or idle. The
|
USB core whenever one of its interfaces becomes busy or idle. The
|
||||||
driver does so by calling these three functions:
|
driver does so by calling these five functions:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
int usb_autopm_get_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
int usb_autopm_get_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||||
void usb_autopm_put_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
void usb_autopm_put_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||||
int usb_autopm_set_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
int usb_autopm_set_interface(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||||
|
int usb_autopm_get_interface_async(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||||
|
void usb_autopm_put_interface_async(struct usb_interface *intf);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The functions work by maintaining a counter in the usb_interface
|
The functions work by maintaining a counter in the usb_interface
|
||||||
structure. When intf->pm_usage_count is > 0 then the interface is
|
structure. When intf->pm_usage_count is > 0 then the interface is
|
||||||
|
@ -330,10 +332,12 @@ associated with the device itself rather than any of its interfaces.
|
||||||
This field is used only by the USB core.)
|
This field is used only by the USB core.)
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
The driver owns intf->pm_usage_count; it can modify the value however
|
The driver owns intf->pm_usage_count; it can modify the value however
|
||||||
and whenever it likes. A nice aspect of the usb_autopm_* routines is
|
and whenever it likes. A nice aspect of the non-async usb_autopm_*
|
||||||
that the changes they make are protected by the usb_device structure's
|
routines is that the changes they make are protected by the usb_device
|
||||||
PM mutex (udev->pm_mutex); however drivers may change pm_usage_count
|
structure's PM mutex (udev->pm_mutex); however drivers may change
|
||||||
without holding the mutex.
|
pm_usage_count without holding the mutex. Drivers using the async
|
||||||
|
routines are responsible for their own synchronization and mutual
|
||||||
|
exclusion.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
usb_autopm_get_interface() increments pm_usage_count and
|
usb_autopm_get_interface() increments pm_usage_count and
|
||||||
attempts an autoresume if the new value is > 0 and the
|
attempts an autoresume if the new value is > 0 and the
|
||||||
|
@ -348,6 +352,14 @@ without holding the mutex.
|
||||||
is suspended, and it attempts an autosuspend if the value is
|
is suspended, and it attempts an autosuspend if the value is
|
||||||
<= 0 and the device isn't suspended.
|
<= 0 and the device isn't suspended.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
usb_autopm_get_interface_async() and
|
||||||
|
usb_autopm_put_interface_async() do almost the same things as
|
||||||
|
their non-async counterparts. The differences are: they do
|
||||||
|
not acquire the PM mutex, and they use a workqueue to do their
|
||||||
|
jobs. As a result they can be called in an atomic context,
|
||||||
|
such as an URB's completion handler, but when they return the
|
||||||
|
device will not generally not yet be in the desired state.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There also are a couple of utility routines drivers can use:
|
There also are a couple of utility routines drivers can use:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
usb_autopm_enable() sets pm_usage_cnt to 0 and then calls
|
usb_autopm_enable() sets pm_usage_cnt to 0 and then calls
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -137,13 +137,6 @@ shrink_page_list() where they will be detected when vmscan walks the reverse
|
||||||
map in try_to_unmap(). If try_to_unmap() returns SWAP_MLOCK, shrink_page_list()
|
map in try_to_unmap(). If try_to_unmap() returns SWAP_MLOCK, shrink_page_list()
|
||||||
will cull the page at that point.
|
will cull the page at that point.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Note that for anonymous pages, shrink_page_list() attempts to add the page to
|
|
||||||
the swap cache before it tries to unmap the page. To avoid this unnecessary
|
|
||||||
consumption of swap space, shrink_page_list() calls try_to_munlock() to check
|
|
||||||
whether any VM_LOCKED vmas map the page without attempting to unmap the page.
|
|
||||||
If try_to_munlock() returns SWAP_MLOCK, shrink_page_list() will cull the page
|
|
||||||
without consuming swap space. try_to_munlock() will be described below.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To "cull" an unevictable page, vmscan simply puts the page back on the lru
|
To "cull" an unevictable page, vmscan simply puts the page back on the lru
|
||||||
list using putback_lru_page()--the inverse operation to isolate_lru_page()--
|
list using putback_lru_page()--the inverse operation to isolate_lru_page()--
|
||||||
after dropping the page lock. Because the condition which makes the page
|
after dropping the page lock. Because the condition which makes the page
|
||||||
|
@ -190,8 +183,8 @@ several places:
|
||||||
in the VM_LOCKED flag being set for the vma.
|
in the VM_LOCKED flag being set for the vma.
|
||||||
3) in the fault path, if mlocked pages are "culled" in the fault path,
|
3) in the fault path, if mlocked pages are "culled" in the fault path,
|
||||||
and when a VM_LOCKED stack segment is expanded.
|
and when a VM_LOCKED stack segment is expanded.
|
||||||
4) as mentioned above, in vmscan:shrink_page_list() with attempting to
|
4) as mentioned above, in vmscan:shrink_page_list() when attempting to
|
||||||
reclaim a page in a VM_LOCKED vma--via try_to_unmap() or try_to_munlock().
|
reclaim a page in a VM_LOCKED vma via try_to_unmap().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Mlocked pages become unlocked and rescued from the unevictable list when:
|
Mlocked pages become unlocked and rescued from the unevictable list when:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -260,9 +253,9 @@ mlock_fixup() filters several classes of "special" vmas:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
2) vmas mapping hugetlbfs page are already effectively pinned into memory.
|
2) vmas mapping hugetlbfs page are already effectively pinned into memory.
|
||||||
We don't need nor want to mlock() these pages. However, to preserve the
|
We don't need nor want to mlock() these pages. However, to preserve the
|
||||||
prior behavior of mlock()--before the unevictable/mlock changes--mlock_fixup()
|
prior behavior of mlock()--before the unevictable/mlock changes--
|
||||||
will call make_pages_present() in the hugetlbfs vma range to allocate the
|
mlock_fixup() will call make_pages_present() in the hugetlbfs vma range
|
||||||
huge pages and populate the ptes.
|
to allocate the huge pages and populate the ptes.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
3) vmas with VM_DONTEXPAND|VM_RESERVED are generally user space mappings of
|
3) vmas with VM_DONTEXPAND|VM_RESERVED are generally user space mappings of
|
||||||
kernel pages, such as the vdso page, relay channel pages, etc. These pages
|
kernel pages, such as the vdso page, relay channel pages, etc. These pages
|
||||||
|
@ -322,7 +315,7 @@ __mlock_vma_pages_range()--the same function used to mlock a vma range--
|
||||||
passing a flag to indicate that munlock() is being performed.
|
passing a flag to indicate that munlock() is being performed.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Because the vma access protections could have been changed to PROT_NONE after
|
Because the vma access protections could have been changed to PROT_NONE after
|
||||||
faulting in and mlocking some pages, get_user_pages() was unreliable for visiting
|
faulting in and mlocking pages, get_user_pages() was unreliable for visiting
|
||||||
these pages for munlocking. Because we don't want to leave pages mlocked(),
|
these pages for munlocking. Because we don't want to leave pages mlocked(),
|
||||||
get_user_pages() was enhanced to accept a flag to ignore the permissions when
|
get_user_pages() was enhanced to accept a flag to ignore the permissions when
|
||||||
fetching the pages--all of which should be resident as a result of previous
|
fetching the pages--all of which should be resident as a result of previous
|
||||||
|
@ -416,8 +409,8 @@ Mlocked Pages: munmap()/exit()/exec() System Call Handling
|
||||||
When unmapping an mlocked region of memory, whether by an explicit call to
|
When unmapping an mlocked region of memory, whether by an explicit call to
|
||||||
munmap() or via an internal unmap from exit() or exec() processing, we must
|
munmap() or via an internal unmap from exit() or exec() processing, we must
|
||||||
munlock the pages if we're removing the last VM_LOCKED vma that maps the pages.
|
munlock the pages if we're removing the last VM_LOCKED vma that maps the pages.
|
||||||
Before the unevictable/mlock changes, mlocking did not mark the pages in any way,
|
Before the unevictable/mlock changes, mlocking did not mark the pages in any
|
||||||
so unmapping them required no processing.
|
way, so unmapping them required no processing.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
To munlock a range of memory under the unevictable/mlock infrastructure, the
|
To munlock a range of memory under the unevictable/mlock infrastructure, the
|
||||||
munmap() hander and task address space tear down function call
|
munmap() hander and task address space tear down function call
|
||||||
|
@ -517,12 +510,10 @@ couldn't be mlocked.
|
||||||
Mlocked pages: try_to_munlock() Reverse Map Scan
|
Mlocked pages: try_to_munlock() Reverse Map Scan
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TODO/FIXME: a better name might be page_mlocked()--analogous to the
|
TODO/FIXME: a better name might be page_mlocked()--analogous to the
|
||||||
page_referenced() reverse map walker--especially if we continue to call this
|
page_referenced() reverse map walker.
|
||||||
from shrink_page_list(). See related TODO/FIXME below.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When munlock_vma_page()--see "Mlocked Pages: munlock()/munlockall() System
|
When munlock_vma_page()--see "Mlocked Pages: munlock()/munlockall()
|
||||||
Call Handling" above--tries to munlock a page, or when shrink_page_list()
|
System Call Handling" above--tries to munlock a page, it needs to
|
||||||
encounters an anonymous page that is not yet in the swap cache, they need to
|
|
||||||
determine whether or not the page is mapped by any VM_LOCKED vma, without
|
determine whether or not the page is mapped by any VM_LOCKED vma, without
|
||||||
actually attempting to unmap all ptes from the page. For this purpose, the
|
actually attempting to unmap all ptes from the page. For this purpose, the
|
||||||
unevictable/mlock infrastructure introduced a variant of try_to_unmap() called
|
unevictable/mlock infrastructure introduced a variant of try_to_unmap() called
|
||||||
|
@ -535,10 +526,7 @@ for VM_LOCKED vmas. When such a vma is found for anonymous pages and file
|
||||||
pages mapped in linear VMAs, as in the try_to_unmap() case, the functions
|
pages mapped in linear VMAs, as in the try_to_unmap() case, the functions
|
||||||
attempt to acquire the associated mmap semphore, mlock the page via
|
attempt to acquire the associated mmap semphore, mlock the page via
|
||||||
mlock_vma_page() and return SWAP_MLOCK. This effectively undoes the
|
mlock_vma_page() and return SWAP_MLOCK. This effectively undoes the
|
||||||
pre-clearing of the page's PG_mlocked done by munlock_vma_page() and informs
|
pre-clearing of the page's PG_mlocked done by munlock_vma_page.
|
||||||
shrink_page_list() that the anonymous page should be culled rather than added
|
|
||||||
to the swap cache in preparation for a try_to_unmap() that will almost
|
|
||||||
certainly fail.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
If try_to_unmap() is unable to acquire a VM_LOCKED vma's associated mmap
|
If try_to_unmap() is unable to acquire a VM_LOCKED vma's associated mmap
|
||||||
semaphore, it will return SWAP_AGAIN. This will allow shrink_page_list()
|
semaphore, it will return SWAP_AGAIN. This will allow shrink_page_list()
|
||||||
|
@ -557,10 +545,7 @@ However, the scan can terminate when it encounters a VM_LOCKED vma and can
|
||||||
successfully acquire the vma's mmap semphore for read and mlock the page.
|
successfully acquire the vma's mmap semphore for read and mlock the page.
|
||||||
Although try_to_munlock() can be called many [very many!] times when
|
Although try_to_munlock() can be called many [very many!] times when
|
||||||
munlock()ing a large region or tearing down a large address space that has been
|
munlock()ing a large region or tearing down a large address space that has been
|
||||||
mlocked via mlockall(), overall this is a fairly rare event. In addition,
|
mlocked via mlockall(), overall this is a fairly rare event.
|
||||||
although shrink_page_list() calls try_to_munlock() for every anonymous page that
|
|
||||||
it handles that is not yet in the swap cache, on average anonymous pages will
|
|
||||||
have very short reverse map lists.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Mlocked Page: Page Reclaim in shrink_*_list()
|
Mlocked Page: Page Reclaim in shrink_*_list()
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -588,8 +573,8 @@ Some examples of these unevictable pages on the LRU lists are:
|
||||||
munlock_vma_page() was forced to let the page back on to the normal
|
munlock_vma_page() was forced to let the page back on to the normal
|
||||||
LRU list for vmscan to handle.
|
LRU list for vmscan to handle.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
shrink_inactive_list() also culls any unevictable pages that it finds
|
shrink_inactive_list() also culls any unevictable pages that it finds on
|
||||||
on the inactive lists, again diverting them to the appropriate zone's unevictable
|
the inactive lists, again diverting them to the appropriate zone's unevictable
|
||||||
lru list. shrink_inactive_list() should only see SHM_LOCKed pages that became
|
lru list. shrink_inactive_list() should only see SHM_LOCKed pages that became
|
||||||
SHM_LOCKed after shrink_active_list() had moved them to the inactive list, or
|
SHM_LOCKed after shrink_active_list() had moved them to the inactive list, or
|
||||||
pages mapped into VM_LOCKED vmas that munlock_vma_page() couldn't isolate from
|
pages mapped into VM_LOCKED vmas that munlock_vma_page() couldn't isolate from
|
||||||
|
@ -597,19 +582,7 @@ the lru to recheck via try_to_munlock(). shrink_inactive_list() won't notice
|
||||||
the latter, but will pass on to shrink_page_list().
|
the latter, but will pass on to shrink_page_list().
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
shrink_page_list() again culls obviously unevictable pages that it could
|
shrink_page_list() again culls obviously unevictable pages that it could
|
||||||
encounter for similar reason to shrink_inactive_list(). As already discussed,
|
encounter for similar reason to shrink_inactive_list(). Pages mapped into
|
||||||
shrink_page_list() proactively looks for anonymous pages that should have
|
|
||||||
PG_mlocked set but don't--these would not be detected by page_evictable()--to
|
|
||||||
avoid adding them to the swap cache unnecessarily. File pages mapped into
|
|
||||||
VM_LOCKED vmas but without PG_mlocked set will make it all the way to
|
VM_LOCKED vmas but without PG_mlocked set will make it all the way to
|
||||||
try_to_unmap(). shrink_page_list() will divert them to the unevictable list when
|
try_to_unmap(). shrink_page_list() will divert them to the unevictable list
|
||||||
try_to_unmap() returns SWAP_MLOCK, as discussed above.
|
when try_to_unmap() returns SWAP_MLOCK, as discussed above.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TODO/FIXME: If we can enhance the swap cache to reliably remove entries
|
|
||||||
with page_count(page) > 2, as long as all ptes are mapped to the page and
|
|
||||||
not the swap entry, we can probably remove the call to try_to_munlock() in
|
|
||||||
shrink_page_list() and just remove the page from the swap cache when
|
|
||||||
try_to_unmap() returns SWAP_MLOCK. Currently, remove_exclusive_swap_page()
|
|
||||||
doesn't seem to allow that.
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -4,5 +4,7 @@ ds2482
|
||||||
- The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor DS2482 provides 1-wire busses.
|
- The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor DS2482 provides 1-wire busses.
|
||||||
ds2490
|
ds2490
|
||||||
- The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor DS2490 builds USB <-> W1 bridges.
|
- The Maxim/Dallas Semiconductor DS2490 builds USB <-> W1 bridges.
|
||||||
|
mxc_w1
|
||||||
|
- W1 master controller driver found on Freescale MX2/MX3 SoCs
|
||||||
w1-gpio
|
w1-gpio
|
||||||
- GPIO 1-wire bus master driver.
|
- GPIO 1-wire bus master driver.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||||
|
Kernel driver mxc_w1
|
||||||
|
====================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Supported chips:
|
||||||
|
* Freescale MX27, MX31 and probably other i.MX SoCs
|
||||||
|
Datasheets:
|
||||||
|
http://www.freescale.com/files/32bit/doc/data_sheet/MCIMX31.pdf?fpsp=1
|
||||||
|
http://www.freescale.com/files/dsp/MCIMX27.pdf?fpsp=1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Author: Originally based on Freescale code, prepared for mainline by
|
||||||
|
Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
|
|
@ -5,69 +5,157 @@ Message types.
|
||||||
=============
|
=============
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
There are three types of messages between w1 core and userspace:
|
There are three types of messages between w1 core and userspace:
|
||||||
1. Events. They are generated each time new master or slave device found
|
1. Events. They are generated each time new master or slave device
|
||||||
either due to automatic or requested search.
|
found either due to automatic or requested search.
|
||||||
2. Userspace commands. Includes read/write and search/alarm search comamnds.
|
2. Userspace commands.
|
||||||
3. Replies to userspace commands.
|
3. Replies to userspace commands.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Protocol.
|
Protocol.
|
||||||
========
|
========
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[struct cn_msg] - connector header. It's length field is equal to size of the attached data.
|
[struct cn_msg] - connector header.
|
||||||
|
Its length field is equal to size of the attached data
|
||||||
[struct w1_netlink_msg] - w1 netlink header.
|
[struct w1_netlink_msg] - w1 netlink header.
|
||||||
__u8 type - message type.
|
__u8 type - message type.
|
||||||
W1_SLAVE_ADD/W1_SLAVE_REMOVE - slave add/remove events.
|
W1_LIST_MASTERS
|
||||||
W1_MASTER_ADD/W1_MASTER_REMOVE - master add/remove events.
|
list current bus masters
|
||||||
W1_MASTER_CMD - userspace command for bus master device (search/alarm search).
|
W1_SLAVE_ADD/W1_SLAVE_REMOVE
|
||||||
W1_SLAVE_CMD - userspace command for slave device (read/write/ search/alarm search
|
slave add/remove events
|
||||||
for bus master device where given slave device found).
|
W1_MASTER_ADD/W1_MASTER_REMOVE
|
||||||
|
master add/remove events
|
||||||
|
W1_MASTER_CMD
|
||||||
|
userspace command for bus master
|
||||||
|
device (search/alarm search)
|
||||||
|
W1_SLAVE_CMD
|
||||||
|
userspace command for slave device
|
||||||
|
(read/write/touch)
|
||||||
__u8 res - reserved
|
__u8 res - reserved
|
||||||
__u16 len - size of attached to this header data.
|
__u16 len - size of data attached to this header data
|
||||||
union {
|
union {
|
||||||
__u8 id; - slave unique device id
|
__u8 id[8]; - slave unique device id
|
||||||
struct w1_mst {
|
struct w1_mst {
|
||||||
__u32 id; - master's id.
|
__u32 id; - master's id
|
||||||
__u32 res; - reserved
|
__u32 res; - reserved
|
||||||
} mst;
|
} mst;
|
||||||
} id;
|
} id;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
[strucrt w1_netlink_cmd] - command for gived master or slave device.
|
[struct w1_netlink_cmd] - command for given master or slave device.
|
||||||
__u8 cmd - command opcode.
|
__u8 cmd - command opcode.
|
||||||
W1_CMD_READ - read command.
|
W1_CMD_READ - read command
|
||||||
W1_CMD_WRITE - write command.
|
W1_CMD_WRITE - write command
|
||||||
W1_CMD_SEARCH - search command.
|
W1_CMD_TOUCH - touch command
|
||||||
W1_CMD_ALARM_SEARCH - alarm search command.
|
(write and sample data back to userspace)
|
||||||
|
W1_CMD_SEARCH - search command
|
||||||
|
W1_CMD_ALARM_SEARCH - alarm search command
|
||||||
__u8 res - reserved
|
__u8 res - reserved
|
||||||
__u16 len - length of data for this command.
|
__u16 len - length of data for this command
|
||||||
For read command data must be allocated like for write command.
|
For read command data must be allocated like for write command
|
||||||
__u8 data[0] - data for this command.
|
__u8 data[0] - data for this command
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Each connector message can include one or more w1_netlink_msg with zero of more attached w1_netlink_cmd messages.
|
Each connector message can include one or more w1_netlink_msg with
|
||||||
|
zero or more attached w1_netlink_cmd messages.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
For event messages there are no w1_netlink_cmd embedded structures, only connector header
|
For event messages there are no w1_netlink_cmd embedded structures,
|
||||||
and w1_netlink_msg strucutre with "len" field being zero and filled type (one of event types)
|
only connector header and w1_netlink_msg strucutre with "len" field
|
||||||
and id - either 8 bytes of slave unique id in host order, or master's id, which is assigned
|
being zero and filled type (one of event types) and id:
|
||||||
to bus master device when it is added to w1 core.
|
either 8 bytes of slave unique id in host order,
|
||||||
|
or master's id, which is assigned to bus master device
|
||||||
|
when it is added to w1 core.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Currently replies to userspace commands are only generated for read
|
||||||
|
command request. One reply is generated exactly for one w1_netlink_cmd
|
||||||
|
read request. Replies are not combined when sent - i.e. typical reply
|
||||||
|
messages looks like the following:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Currently replies to userspace commands are only generated for read command request.
|
|
||||||
One reply is generated exactly for one w1_netlink_cmd read request.
|
|
||||||
Replies are not combined when sent - i.e. typical reply messages looks like the following:
|
|
||||||
[cn_msg][w1_netlink_msg][w1_netlink_cmd]
|
[cn_msg][w1_netlink_msg][w1_netlink_cmd]
|
||||||
cn_msg.len = sizeof(struct w1_netlink_msg) + sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd) + cmd->len;
|
cn_msg.len = sizeof(struct w1_netlink_msg) +
|
||||||
|
sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd) +
|
||||||
|
cmd->len;
|
||||||
w1_netlink_msg.len = sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd) + cmd->len;
|
w1_netlink_msg.len = sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd) + cmd->len;
|
||||||
w1_netlink_cmd.len = cmd->len;
|
w1_netlink_cmd.len = cmd->len;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Replies to W1_LIST_MASTERS should send a message back to the userspace
|
||||||
|
which will contain list of all registered master ids in the following
|
||||||
|
format:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
cn_msg (CN_W1_IDX.CN_W1_VAL as id, len is equal to sizeof(struct
|
||||||
|
w1_netlink_msg) plus number of masters multipled by 4)
|
||||||
|
w1_netlink_msg (type: W1_LIST_MASTERS, len is equal to
|
||||||
|
number of masters multiplied by 4 (u32 size))
|
||||||
|
id0 ... idN
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each message is at most 4k in size, so if number of master devices
|
||||||
|
exceeds this, it will be split into several messages,
|
||||||
|
cn.seq will be increased for each one.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
W1 search and alarm search commands.
|
||||||
|
request:
|
||||||
|
[cn_msg]
|
||||||
|
[w1_netlink_msg type = W1_MASTER_CMD
|
||||||
|
id is equal to the bus master id to use for searching]
|
||||||
|
[w1_netlink_cmd cmd = W1_CMD_SEARCH or W1_CMD_ALARM_SEARCH]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
reply:
|
||||||
|
[cn_msg, ack = 1 and increasing, 0 means the last message,
|
||||||
|
seq is equal to the request seq]
|
||||||
|
[w1_netlink_msg type = W1_MASTER_CMD]
|
||||||
|
[w1_netlink_cmd cmd = W1_CMD_SEARCH or W1_CMD_ALARM_SEARCH
|
||||||
|
len is equal to number of IDs multiplied by 8]
|
||||||
|
[64bit-id0 ... 64bit-idN]
|
||||||
|
Length in each header corresponds to the size of the data behind it, so
|
||||||
|
w1_netlink_cmd->len = N * 8; where N is number of IDs in this message.
|
||||||
|
Can be zero.
|
||||||
|
w1_netlink_msg->len = sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd) + N * 8;
|
||||||
|
cn_msg->len = sizeof(struct w1_netlink_msg) +
|
||||||
|
sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd) +
|
||||||
|
N*8;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
W1 reset command.
|
||||||
|
[cn_msg]
|
||||||
|
[w1_netlink_msg type = W1_MASTER_CMD
|
||||||
|
id is equal to the bus master id to use for searching]
|
||||||
|
[w1_netlink_cmd cmd = W1_CMD_RESET]
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Command status replies.
|
||||||
|
======================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each command (either root, master or slave with or without w1_netlink_cmd
|
||||||
|
structure) will be 'acked' by the w1 core. Format of the reply is the same
|
||||||
|
as request message except that length parameters do not account for data
|
||||||
|
requested by the user, i.e. read/write/touch IO requests will not contain
|
||||||
|
data, so w1_netlink_cmd.len will be 0, w1_netlink_msg.len will be size
|
||||||
|
of the w1_netlink_cmd structure and cn_msg.len will be equal to the sum
|
||||||
|
of the sizeof(struct w1_netlink_msg) and sizeof(struct w1_netlink_cmd).
|
||||||
|
If reply is generated for master or root command (which do not have
|
||||||
|
w1_netlink_cmd attached), reply will contain only cn_msg and w1_netlink_msg
|
||||||
|
structires.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
w1_netlink_msg.status field will carry positive error value
|
||||||
|
(EINVAL for example) or zero in case of success.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
All other fields in every structure will mirror the same parameters in the
|
||||||
|
request message (except lengths as described above).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Status reply is generated for every w1_netlink_cmd embedded in the
|
||||||
|
w1_netlink_msg, if there are no w1_netlink_cmd structures,
|
||||||
|
reply will be generated for the w1_netlink_msg.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
All w1_netlink_cmd command structures are handled in every w1_netlink_msg,
|
||||||
|
even if there were errors, only length mismatch interrupts message processing.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Operation steps in w1 core when new command is received.
|
Operation steps in w1 core when new command is received.
|
||||||
=======================================================
|
=======================================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
When new message (w1_netlink_msg) is received w1 core detects if it is master of slave request,
|
When new message (w1_netlink_msg) is received w1 core detects if it is
|
||||||
according to w1_netlink_msg.type field.
|
master or slave request, according to w1_netlink_msg.type field.
|
||||||
Then master or slave device is searched for.
|
Then master or slave device is searched for.
|
||||||
When found, master device (requested or those one on where slave device is found) is locked.
|
When found, master device (requested or those one on where slave device
|
||||||
If slave command is requested, then reset/select procedure is started to select given device.
|
is found) is locked. If slave command is requested, then reset/select
|
||||||
|
procedure is started to select given device.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Then all requested in w1_netlink_msg operations are performed one by one.
|
Then all requested in w1_netlink_msg operations are performed one by one.
|
||||||
If command requires reply (like read command) it is sent on command completion.
|
If command requires reply (like read command) it is sent on command completion.
|
||||||
|
@ -82,8 +170,8 @@ Connector [1] specific documentation.
|
||||||
Each connector message includes two u32 fields as "address".
|
Each connector message includes two u32 fields as "address".
|
||||||
w1 uses CN_W1_IDX and CN_W1_VAL defined in include/linux/connector.h header.
|
w1 uses CN_W1_IDX and CN_W1_VAL defined in include/linux/connector.h header.
|
||||||
Each message also includes sequence and acknowledge numbers.
|
Each message also includes sequence and acknowledge numbers.
|
||||||
Sequence number for event messages is appropriate bus master sequence number increased with
|
Sequence number for event messages is appropriate bus master sequence number
|
||||||
each event message sent "through" this master.
|
increased with each event message sent "through" this master.
|
||||||
Sequence number for userspace requests is set by userspace application.
|
Sequence number for userspace requests is set by userspace application.
|
||||||
Sequence number for reply is the same as was in request, and
|
Sequence number for reply is the same as was in request, and
|
||||||
acknowledge number is set to seq+1.
|
acknowledge number is set to seq+1.
|
||||||
|
@ -93,6 +181,6 @@ Additional documantion, source code examples.
|
||||||
============================================
|
============================================
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
1. Documentation/connector
|
1. Documentation/connector
|
||||||
2. http://tservice.net.ru/~s0mbre/archive/w1
|
2. http://www.ioremap.net/archive/w1
|
||||||
This archive includes userspace application w1d.c which
|
This archive includes userspace application w1d.c which uses
|
||||||
uses read/write/search commands for all master/slave devices found on the bus.
|
read/write/search commands for all master/slave devices found on the bus.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Driver for the Intel Wireless Wimax Connection 2400m
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(C) 2008 Intel Corporation < linux-wimax@intel.com >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This provides a driver for the Intel Wireless WiMAX Connection 2400m
|
||||||
|
and a basic Linux kernel WiMAX stack.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. Requirements
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* Linux installation with Linux kernel 2.6.22 or newer (if building
|
||||||
|
from a separate tree)
|
||||||
|
* Intel i2400m Echo Peak or Baxter Peak; this includes the Intel
|
||||||
|
Wireless WiMAX/WiFi Link 5x50 series.
|
||||||
|
* build tools:
|
||||||
|
+ Linux kernel development package for the target kernel; to
|
||||||
|
build against your currently running kernel, you need to have
|
||||||
|
the kernel development package corresponding to the running
|
||||||
|
image installed (usually if your kernel is named
|
||||||
|
linux-VERSION, the development package is called
|
||||||
|
linux-dev-VERSION or linux-headers-VERSION).
|
||||||
|
+ GNU C Compiler, make
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Compilation and installation
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2.1. Compilation of the drivers included in the kernel
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Configure the kernel; to enable the WiMAX drivers select Drivers >
|
||||||
|
Networking Drivers > WiMAX device support. Enable all of them as
|
||||||
|
modules (easier).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If USB or SDIO are not enabled in the kernel configuration, the options
|
||||||
|
to build the i2400m USB or SDIO drivers will not show. Enable said
|
||||||
|
subsystems and go back to the WiMAX menu to enable the drivers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Compile and install your kernel as usual.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2.2. Compilation of the drivers distributed as an standalone module
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To compile
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ cd source/directory
|
||||||
|
$ make
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Once built you can load and unload using the provided load.sh script;
|
||||||
|
load.sh will load the modules, load.sh u will unload them.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To install in the default kernel directories (and enable auto loading
|
||||||
|
when the device is plugged):
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ make install
|
||||||
|
$ depmod -a
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If your kernel development files are located in a non standard
|
||||||
|
directory or if you want to build for a kernel that is not the
|
||||||
|
currently running one, set KDIR to the right location:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ make KDIR=/path/to/kernel/dev/tree
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For more information, please contact linux-wimax@intel.com.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
3. Installing the firmware
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The firmware can be obtained from http://linuxwimax.org or might have
|
||||||
|
been supplied with your hardware.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
It has to be installed in the target system:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
$ cp FIRMWAREFILE.sbcf /lib/firmware/i2400m-fw-BUSTYPE-1.3.sbcf
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
* NOTE: if your firmware came in an .rpm or .deb file, just install
|
||||||
|
it as normal, with the rpm (rpm -i FIRMWARE.rpm) or dpkg
|
||||||
|
(dpkg -i FIRMWARE.deb) commands. No further action is needed.
|
||||||
|
* BUSTYPE will be usb or sdio, depending on the hardware you have.
|
||||||
|
Each hardware type comes with its own firmware and will not work
|
||||||
|
with other types.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
4. Design
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This package contains two major parts: a WiMAX kernel stack and a
|
||||||
|
driver for the Intel i2400m.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The WiMAX stack is designed to provide for common WiMAX control
|
||||||
|
services to current and future WiMAX devices from any vendor; please
|
||||||
|
see README.wimax for details.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The i2400m kernel driver is broken up in two main parts: the bus
|
||||||
|
generic driver and the bus-specific drivers. The bus generic driver
|
||||||
|
forms the drivercore and contain no knowledge of the actual method we
|
||||||
|
use to connect to the device. The bus specific drivers are just the
|
||||||
|
glue to connect the bus-generic driver and the device. Currently only
|
||||||
|
USB and SDIO are supported. See drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/i2400m.h for
|
||||||
|
more information.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The bus generic driver is logically broken up in two parts: OS-glue and
|
||||||
|
hardware-glue. The OS-glue interfaces with Linux. The hardware-glue
|
||||||
|
interfaces with the device on using an interface provided by the
|
||||||
|
bus-specific driver. The reason for this breakup is to be able to
|
||||||
|
easily reuse the hardware-glue to write drivers for other OSes; note
|
||||||
|
the hardware glue part is written as a native Linux driver; no
|
||||||
|
abstraction layers are used, so to port to another OS, the Linux kernel
|
||||||
|
API calls should be replaced with the target OS's.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5. Usage
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To load the driver, follow the instructions in the install section;
|
||||||
|
once the driver is loaded, plug in the device (unless it is permanently
|
||||||
|
plugged in). The driver will enumerate the device, upload the firmware
|
||||||
|
and output messages in the kernel log (dmesg, /var/log/messages or
|
||||||
|
/var/log/kern.log) such as:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
...
|
||||||
|
i2400m_usb 5-4:1.0: firmware interface version 8.0.0
|
||||||
|
i2400m_usb 5-4:1.0: WiMAX interface wmx0 (00:1d:e1:01:94:2c) ready
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
At this point the device is ready to work.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Current versions require the Intel WiMAX Network Service in userspace
|
||||||
|
to make things work. See the network service's README for instructions
|
||||||
|
on how to scan, connect and disconnect.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.1. Module parameters
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Module parameters can be set at kernel or module load time or by
|
||||||
|
echoing values:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ echo VALUE > /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters/PARAMETERNAME
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To make changes permanent, for example, for the i2400m module, you can
|
||||||
|
also create a file named /etc/modprobe.d/i2400m containing:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
options i2400m idle_mode_disabled=1
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To find which parameters are supported by a module, run:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ modinfo path/to/module.ko
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
During kernel bootup (if the driver is linked in the kernel), specify
|
||||||
|
the following to the kernel command line:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
i2400m.PARAMETER=VALUE
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.1.1. i2400m: idle_mode_disabled
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The i2400m module supports a parameter to disable idle mode. This
|
||||||
|
parameter, once set, will take effect only when the device is
|
||||||
|
reinitialized by the driver (eg: following a reset or a reconnect).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.2. Debug operations: debugfs entries
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The driver will register debugfs entries that allow the user to tweak
|
||||||
|
debug settings. There are three main container directories where
|
||||||
|
entries are placed, which correspond to the three blocks a i2400m WiMAX
|
||||||
|
driver has:
|
||||||
|
* /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:DEVNAME/ for the generic WiMAX stack
|
||||||
|
controls
|
||||||
|
* /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:DEVNAME/i2400m for the i2400m generic
|
||||||
|
driver controls
|
||||||
|
* /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:DEVNAME/i2400m-usb (or -sdio) for the
|
||||||
|
bus-specific i2400m-usb or i2400m-sdio controls).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Of course, if debugfs is mounted in a directory other than
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug, those paths will change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.2.1. Increasing debug output
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The files named *dl_* indicate knobs for controlling the debug output
|
||||||
|
of different submodules:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
# find /sys/kernel/debug/wimax\:wmx0 -name \*dl_\*
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_tx
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_rx
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_notif
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_fw
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m-usb/dl_usb
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_tx
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_rx
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_rfkill
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_netdev
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_fw
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_debugfs
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_driver
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_control
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_stack
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_rfkill
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_reset
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_msg
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_id_table
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_debugfs
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By reading the file you can obtain the current value of said debug
|
||||||
|
level; by writing to it, you can set it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To increase the debug level of, for example, the i2400m's generic TX
|
||||||
|
engine, just write:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ echo 3 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/dl_tx
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Increasing numbers yield increasing debug information; for details of
|
||||||
|
what is printed and the available levels, check the source. The code
|
||||||
|
uses 0 for disabled and increasing values until 8.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.2.2. RX and TX statistics
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The i2400m/rx_stats and i2400m/tx_stats provide statistics about the
|
||||||
|
data reception/delivery from the device:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/rx_stats
|
||||||
|
45 1 3 34 3104 48 480
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The numbers reported are
|
||||||
|
* packets/RX-buffer: total, min, max
|
||||||
|
* RX-buffers: total RX buffers received, accumulated RX buffer size
|
||||||
|
in bytes, min size received, max size received
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Thus, to find the average buffer size received, divide accumulated
|
||||||
|
RX-buffer / total RX-buffers.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To clear the statistics back to 0, write anything to the rx_stats file:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m_rx_stats
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Likewise for TX.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Note the packets this debug file refers to are not network packet, but
|
||||||
|
packets in the sense of the device-specific protocol for communication
|
||||||
|
to the host. See drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/tx.c.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.2.3. Tracing messages received from user space
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To echo messages received from user space into the trace pipe that the
|
||||||
|
i2400m driver creates, set the debug file i2400m/trace_msg_from_user to
|
||||||
|
1:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
$ echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/i2400m/trace_msg_from_user
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.2.4. Performing a device reset
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By writing a 0, a 1 or a 2 to the file
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/reset, the driver performs a warm (without
|
||||||
|
disconnecting from the bus), cold (disconnecting from the bus) or bus
|
||||||
|
(bus specific) reset on the device.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
5.2.5. Asking the device to enter power saving mode
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By writing any value to the /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0 file, the
|
||||||
|
device will attempt to enter power saving mode.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6. Troubleshooting
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
6.1. Driver complains about 'i2400m-fw-usb-1.2.sbcf: request failed'
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
If upon connecting the device, the following is output in the kernel
|
||||||
|
log:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
i2400m_usb 5-4:1.0: fw i2400m-fw-usb-1.3.sbcf: request failed: -2
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This means that the driver cannot locate the firmware file named
|
||||||
|
/lib/firmware/i2400m-fw-usb-1.2.sbcf. Check that the file is present in
|
||||||
|
the right location.
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Linux kernel WiMAX stack
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
(C) 2008 Intel Corporation < linux-wimax@intel.com >
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
This provides a basic Linux kernel WiMAX stack to provide a common
|
||||||
|
control API for WiMAX devices, usable from kernel and user space.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
1. Design
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The WiMAX stack is designed to provide for common WiMAX control
|
||||||
|
services to current and future WiMAX devices from any vendor.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Because currently there is only one and we don't know what would be the
|
||||||
|
common services, the APIs it currently provides are very minimal.
|
||||||
|
However, it is done in such a way that it is easily extensible to
|
||||||
|
accommodate future requirements.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The stack works by embedding a struct wimax_dev in your device's
|
||||||
|
control structures. This provides a set of callbacks that the WiMAX
|
||||||
|
stack will call in order to implement control operations requested by
|
||||||
|
the user. As well, the stack provides API functions that the driver
|
||||||
|
calls to notify about changes of state in the device.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The stack exports the API calls needed to control the device to user
|
||||||
|
space using generic netlink as a marshalling mechanism. You can access
|
||||||
|
them using your own code or use the wrappers provided for your
|
||||||
|
convenience in libwimax (in the wimax-tools package).
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For detailed information on the stack, please see
|
||||||
|
include/linux/wimax.h.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2. Usage
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
For usage in a driver (registration, API, etc) please refer to the
|
||||||
|
instructions in the header file include/linux/wimax.h.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
When a device is registered with the WiMAX stack, a set of debugfs
|
||||||
|
files will appear in /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmxX can tweak for
|
||||||
|
control.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2.1. Obtaining debug information: debugfs entries
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The WiMAX stack is compiled, by default, with debug messages that can
|
||||||
|
be used to diagnose issues. By default, said messages are disabled.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The drivers will register debugfs entries that allow the user to tweak
|
||||||
|
debug settings.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Each driver, when registering with the stack, will cause a debugfs
|
||||||
|
directory named wimax:DEVICENAME to be created; optionally, it might
|
||||||
|
create more subentries below it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
2.1.1. Increasing debug output
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
The files named *dl_* indicate knobs for controlling the debug output
|
||||||
|
of different submodules of the WiMAX stack:
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
# find /sys/kernel/debug/wimax\:wmx0 -name \*dl_\*
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_stack
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_rfkill
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_reset
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_op_msg
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_id_table
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_debugfs
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/.... # other driver specific files
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
NOTE: Of course, if debugfs is mounted in a directory other than
|
||||||
|
/sys/kernel/debug, those paths will change.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
By reading the file you can obtain the current value of said debug
|
||||||
|
level; by writing to it, you can set it.
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
To increase the debug level of, for example, the id-table submodule,
|
||||||
|
just write:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
$ echo 3 > /sys/kernel/debug/wimax:wmx0/wimax_dl_id_table
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
Increasing numbers yield increasing debug information; for details of
|
||||||
|
what is printed and the available levels, check the source. The code
|
||||||
|
uses 0 for disabled and increasing values until 8.
|
|
@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ protocol of kernel. These should be filled by bootloader or 16-bit
|
||||||
real-mode setup code of the kernel. References/settings to it mainly
|
real-mode setup code of the kernel. References/settings to it mainly
|
||||||
are in:
|
are in:
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
include/asm-x86/bootparam.h
|
arch/x86/include/asm/bootparam.h
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Offset Proto Name Meaning
|
Offset Proto Name Meaning
|
||||||
|
|
112
MAINTAINERS
112
MAINTAINERS
|
@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ M: mkpetch@internode.on.net
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ARM/TOSA MACHINE SUPPORT
|
ARM/TOSA MACHINE SUPPORT
|
||||||
P: Dmitry Baryshkov
|
P: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov
|
||||||
M: dbaryshkov@gmail.com
|
M: dbaryshkov@gmail.com
|
||||||
P: Dirk Opfer
|
P: Dirk Opfer
|
||||||
M: dirk@opfer-online.de
|
M: dirk@opfer-online.de
|
||||||
|
@ -1024,16 +1024,17 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||||
BTTV VIDEO4LINUX DRIVER
|
BTTV VIDEO4LINUX DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Mauro Carvalho Chehab
|
P: Mauro Carvalho Chehab
|
||||||
M: mchehab@infradead.org
|
M: mchehab@infradead.org
|
||||||
M: v4l-dvb-maintainer@linuxtv.org
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
||||||
W: http://linuxtv.org
|
W: http://linuxtv.org
|
||||||
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/v4l-dvb.git
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CAFE CMOS INTEGRATED CAMERA CONTROLLER DRIVER
|
CAFE CMOS INTEGRATED CAMERA CONTROLLER DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Jonathan Corbet
|
P: Jonathan Corbet
|
||||||
M: corbet@lwn.net
|
M: corbet@lwn.net
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CALGARY x86-64 IOMMU
|
CALGARY x86-64 IOMMU
|
||||||
|
@ -1092,11 +1093,8 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CHECKPATCH
|
CHECKPATCH
|
||||||
P: Andy Whitcroft
|
P: Andy Whitcroft
|
||||||
M: apw@shadowen.org
|
M: apw@canonical.com
|
||||||
P: Randy Dunlap
|
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
M: rdunlap@xenotime.net
|
|
||||||
P: Joel Schopp
|
|
||||||
M: jschopp@austin.ibm.com
|
|
||||||
S: Supported
|
S: Supported
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
CISCO 10G ETHERNET DRIVER
|
CISCO 10G ETHERNET DRIVER
|
||||||
|
@ -1264,7 +1262,8 @@ P: Hans Verkuil, Andy Walls
|
||||||
M: hverkuil@xs4all.nl, awalls@radix.net
|
M: hverkuil@xs4all.nl, awalls@radix.net
|
||||||
L: ivtv-devel@ivtvdriver.org
|
L: ivtv-devel@ivtvdriver.org
|
||||||
L: ivtv-users@ivtvdriver.org
|
L: ivtv-users@ivtvdriver.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://linuxtv.org
|
W: http://linuxtv.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -1361,6 +1360,11 @@ P: Maciej W. Rozycki
|
||||||
M: macro@linux-mips.org
|
M: macro@linux-mips.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
DELL LAPTOP DRIVER
|
||||||
|
P: Matthew Garrett
|
||||||
|
M: mjg59@srcf.ucam.org
|
||||||
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DELL LAPTOP SMM DRIVER
|
DELL LAPTOP SMM DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Massimo Dal Zotto
|
P: Massimo Dal Zotto
|
||||||
M: dz@debian.org
|
M: dz@debian.org
|
||||||
|
@ -1490,10 +1494,10 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DVB SUBSYSTEM AND DRIVERS
|
DVB SUBSYSTEM AND DRIVERS
|
||||||
P: LinuxTV.org Project
|
P: LinuxTV.org Project
|
||||||
M: v4l-dvb-maintainer@linuxtv.org
|
M: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: linux-dvb@linuxtv.org (subscription required)
|
L: linux-dvb@linuxtv.org (subscription required)
|
||||||
W: http://linuxtv.org/
|
W: http://linuxtv.org/
|
||||||
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/v4l-dvb.git
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
DZ DECSTATION DZ11 SERIAL DRIVER
|
DZ DECSTATION DZ11 SERIAL DRIVER
|
||||||
|
@ -1885,32 +1889,37 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||||
GSPCA FINEPIX SUBDRIVER
|
GSPCA FINEPIX SUBDRIVER
|
||||||
P: Frank Zago
|
P: Frank Zago
|
||||||
M: frank@zago.net
|
M: frank@zago.net
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GSPCA M5602 SUBDRIVER
|
GSPCA M5602 SUBDRIVER
|
||||||
P: Erik Andren
|
P: Erik Andren
|
||||||
M: erik.andren@gmail.com
|
M: erik.andren@gmail.com
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GSPCA PAC207 SONIXB SUBDRIVER
|
GSPCA PAC207 SONIXB SUBDRIVER
|
||||||
P: Hans de Goede
|
P: Hans de Goede
|
||||||
M: hdegoede@redhat.com
|
M: hdegoede@redhat.com
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GSPCA T613 SUBDRIVER
|
GSPCA T613 SUBDRIVER
|
||||||
P: Leandro Costantino
|
P: Leandro Costantino
|
||||||
M: lcostantino@gmail.com
|
M: lcostantino@gmail.com
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
GSPCA USB WEBCAM DRIVER
|
GSPCA USB WEBCAM DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Jean-Francois Moine
|
P: Jean-Francois Moine
|
||||||
M: moinejf@free.fr
|
M: moinejf@free.fr
|
||||||
W: http://moinejf.free.fr
|
W: http://moinejf.free.fr
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
HARDWARE MONITORING
|
HARDWARE MONITORING
|
||||||
|
@ -2308,6 +2317,14 @@ W: http://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/ipw2100-devel
|
||||||
W: http://ipw2200.sourceforge.net
|
W: http://ipw2200.sourceforge.net
|
||||||
S: Supported
|
S: Supported
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
INTEL WIRELESS WIMAX CONNECTION 2400
|
||||||
|
P: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
|
||||||
|
M: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
|
||||||
|
M: linux-wimax@intel.com
|
||||||
|
L: wimax@linuxwimax.org
|
||||||
|
S: Supported
|
||||||
|
W: http://linuxwimax.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
INTEL WIRELESS WIFI LINK (iwlwifi)
|
INTEL WIRELESS WIFI LINK (iwlwifi)
|
||||||
P: Zhu Yi
|
P: Zhu Yi
|
||||||
M: yi.zhu@intel.com
|
M: yi.zhu@intel.com
|
||||||
|
@ -2432,7 +2449,8 @@ P: Hans Verkuil
|
||||||
M: hverkuil@xs4all.nl
|
M: hverkuil@xs4all.nl
|
||||||
L: ivtv-devel@ivtvdriver.org
|
L: ivtv-devel@ivtvdriver.org
|
||||||
L: ivtv-users@ivtvdriver.org
|
L: ivtv-users@ivtvdriver.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://www.ivtvdriver.org
|
W: http://www.ivtvdriver.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -2985,6 +3003,7 @@ MUSB MULTIPOINT HIGH SPEED DUAL-ROLE CONTROLLER
|
||||||
P: Felipe Balbi
|
P: Felipe Balbi
|
||||||
M: felipe.balbi@nokia.com
|
M: felipe.balbi@nokia.com
|
||||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git gitorious.org:/musb/mainline.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
MYRICOM MYRI-10G 10GbE DRIVER (MYRI10GE)
|
MYRICOM MYRI-10G 10GbE DRIVER (MYRI10GE)
|
||||||
|
@ -3191,7 +3210,8 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||||
OMNIVISION OV7670 SENSOR DRIVER
|
OMNIVISION OV7670 SENSOR DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Jonathan Corbet
|
P: Jonathan Corbet
|
||||||
M: corbet@lwn.net
|
M: corbet@lwn.net
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
ONENAND FLASH DRIVER
|
ONENAND FLASH DRIVER
|
||||||
|
@ -3469,12 +3489,19 @@ L: linuxppc-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||||
L: cbe-oss-dev@ozlabs.org
|
L: cbe-oss-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||||
S: Supported
|
S: Supported
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
PS3VRAM DRIVER
|
||||||
|
P: Jim Paris
|
||||||
|
M: jim@jtan.com
|
||||||
|
L: cbe-oss-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||||
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PVRUSB2 VIDEO4LINUX DRIVER
|
PVRUSB2 VIDEO4LINUX DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Mike Isely
|
P: Mike Isely
|
||||||
M: isely@pobox.com
|
M: isely@pobox.com
|
||||||
L: pvrusb2@isely.net (subscribers-only)
|
L: pvrusb2@isely.net (subscribers-only)
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
W: http://www.isely.net/pvrusb2/
|
W: http://www.isely.net/pvrusb2/
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
PXA2xx/PXA3xx SUPPORT
|
PXA2xx/PXA3xx SUPPORT
|
||||||
|
@ -3694,6 +3721,8 @@ S: Supported
|
||||||
SAA7146 VIDEO4LINUX-2 DRIVER
|
SAA7146 VIDEO4LINUX-2 DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Michael Hunold
|
P: Michael Hunold
|
||||||
M: michael@mihu.de
|
M: michael@mihu.de
|
||||||
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://www.mihu.de/linux/saa7146
|
W: http://www.mihu.de/linux/saa7146
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -3957,7 +3986,8 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||||
SOC-CAMERA V4L2 SUBSYSTEM
|
SOC-CAMERA V4L2 SUBSYSTEM
|
||||||
P: Guennadi Liakhovetski
|
P: Guennadi Liakhovetski
|
||||||
M: g.liakhovetski@gmx.de
|
M: g.liakhovetski@gmx.de
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SOEKRIS NET48XX LED SUPPORT
|
SOEKRIS NET48XX LED SUPPORT
|
||||||
|
@ -4051,6 +4081,13 @@ L: cbe-oss-dev@ozlabs.org
|
||||||
W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/power/cell/
|
W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/power/cell/
|
||||||
S: Supported
|
S: Supported
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
SQUASHFS FILE SYSTEM
|
||||||
|
P: Phillip Lougher
|
||||||
|
M: phillip@lougher.demon.co.uk
|
||||||
|
L: squashfs-devel@lists.sourceforge.net (subscribers-only)
|
||||||
|
W: http://squashfs.org.uk
|
||||||
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
SRM (Alpha) environment access
|
SRM (Alpha) environment access
|
||||||
P: Jan-Benedict Glaw
|
P: Jan-Benedict Glaw
|
||||||
M: jbglaw@lug-owl.de
|
M: jbglaw@lug-owl.de
|
||||||
|
@ -4232,9 +4269,10 @@ L: tpmdd-devel@lists.sourceforge.net (moderated for non-subscribers)
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TRIVIAL PATCHES
|
TRIVIAL PATCHES
|
||||||
P: Jesper Juhl
|
P: Jiri Kosina
|
||||||
M: trivial@kernel.org
|
M: trivial@kernel.org
|
||||||
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
TTY LAYER
|
TTY LAYER
|
||||||
|
@ -4375,7 +4413,8 @@ USB ET61X[12]51 DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Luca Risolia
|
P: Luca Risolia
|
||||||
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
||||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -4524,7 +4563,8 @@ USB SN9C1xx DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Luca Risolia
|
P: Luca Risolia
|
||||||
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
||||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -4553,7 +4593,8 @@ USB VIDEO CLASS
|
||||||
P: Laurent Pinchart
|
P: Laurent Pinchart
|
||||||
M: laurent.pinchart@skynet.be
|
M: laurent.pinchart@skynet.be
|
||||||
L: linux-uvc-devel@lists.berlios.de (subscribers-only)
|
L: linux-uvc-devel@lists.berlios.de (subscribers-only)
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://linux-uvc.berlios.de
|
W: http://linux-uvc.berlios.de
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -4561,7 +4602,8 @@ USB W996[87]CF DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Luca Risolia
|
P: Luca Risolia
|
||||||
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
||||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -4575,7 +4617,8 @@ USB ZC0301 DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Luca Risolia
|
P: Luca Risolia
|
||||||
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
M: luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it
|
||||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
W: http://www.linux-projects.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -4590,7 +4633,8 @@ USB ZR364XX DRIVER
|
||||||
P: Antoine Jacquet
|
P: Antoine Jacquet
|
||||||
M: royale@zerezo.com
|
M: royale@zerezo.com
|
||||||
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
W: http://royale.zerezo.com/zr364xx/
|
W: http://royale.zerezo.com/zr364xx/
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -4659,10 +4703,10 @@ S: Maintained
|
||||||
VIDEO FOR LINUX (V4L)
|
VIDEO FOR LINUX (V4L)
|
||||||
P: Mauro Carvalho Chehab
|
P: Mauro Carvalho Chehab
|
||||||
M: mchehab@infradead.org
|
M: mchehab@infradead.org
|
||||||
M: v4l-dvb-maintainer@linuxtv.org
|
L: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
L: video4linux-list@redhat.com
|
||||||
W: http://linuxtv.org
|
W: http://linuxtv.org
|
||||||
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/v4l-dvb.git
|
T: git kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mchehab/linux-2.6.git
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
VLAN (802.1Q)
|
VLAN (802.1Q)
|
||||||
|
@ -4735,6 +4779,14 @@ M: zaga@fly.cc.fer.hr
|
||||||
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||||
S: Maintained
|
S: Maintained
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
WIMAX STACK
|
||||||
|
P: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez
|
||||||
|
M: inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com
|
||||||
|
M: linux-wimax@intel.com
|
||||||
|
L: wimax@linuxwimax.org
|
||||||
|
S: Supported
|
||||||
|
W: http://linuxwimax.org
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
WIMEDIA LLC PROTOCOL (WLP) SUBSYSTEM
|
WIMEDIA LLC PROTOCOL (WLP) SUBSYSTEM
|
||||||
P: David Vrabel
|
P: David Vrabel
|
||||||
M: david.vrabel@csr.com
|
M: david.vrabel@csr.com
|
||||||
|
|
7
Makefile
7
Makefile
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||||
VERSION = 2
|
VERSION = 2
|
||||||
PATCHLEVEL = 6
|
PATCHLEVEL = 6
|
||||||
SUBLEVEL = 28
|
SUBLEVEL = 29
|
||||||
EXTRAVERSION =
|
EXTRAVERSION = -rc1
|
||||||
NAME = Erotic Pickled Herring
|
NAME = Erotic Pickled Herring
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# *DOCUMENTATION*
|
# *DOCUMENTATION*
|
||||||
|
@ -965,6 +965,7 @@ ifneq ($(KBUILD_SRC),)
|
||||||
mkdir -p include2; \
|
mkdir -p include2; \
|
||||||
ln -fsn $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH) include2/asm; \
|
ln -fsn $(srctree)/include/asm-$(SRCARCH) include2/asm; \
|
||||||
fi
|
fi
|
||||||
|
ln -fsn $(srctree) source
|
||||||
endif
|
endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# prepare2 creates a makefile if using a separate output directory
|
# prepare2 creates a makefile if using a separate output directory
|
||||||
|
@ -1008,7 +1009,7 @@ define check-symlink
|
||||||
endef
|
endef
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
# We create the target directory of the symlink if it does
|
# We create the target directory of the symlink if it does
|
||||||
# not exist so the test in chack-symlink works and we have a
|
# not exist so the test in check-symlink works and we have a
|
||||||
# directory for generated filesas used by some architectures.
|
# directory for generated filesas used by some architectures.
|
||||||
define create-symlink
|
define create-symlink
|
||||||
if [ ! -L include/asm ]; then \
|
if [ ! -L include/asm ]; then \
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -9,3 +9,4 @@ unifdef-y += console.h
|
||||||
unifdef-y += fpu.h
|
unifdef-y += fpu.h
|
||||||
unifdef-y += sysinfo.h
|
unifdef-y += sysinfo.h
|
||||||
unifdef-y += compiler.h
|
unifdef-y += compiler.h
|
||||||
|
unifdef-y += swab.h
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
|
||||||
#ifndef _ALPHA_ATOMIC_H
|
#ifndef _ALPHA_ATOMIC_H
|
||||||
#define _ALPHA_ATOMIC_H
|
#define _ALPHA_ATOMIC_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <linux/types.h>
|
||||||
#include <asm/barrier.h>
|
#include <asm/barrier.h>
|
||||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
@ -13,14 +14,6 @@
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* Counter is volatile to make sure gcc doesn't try to be clever
|
|
||||||
* and move things around on us. We need to use _exactly_ the address
|
|
||||||
* the user gave us, not some alias that contains the same information.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
typedef struct { volatile int counter; } atomic_t;
|
|
||||||
typedef struct { volatile long counter; } atomic64_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#define ATOMIC_INIT(i) ( (atomic_t) { (i) } )
|
#define ATOMIC_INIT(i) ( (atomic_t) { (i) } )
|
||||||
#define ATOMIC64_INIT(i) ( (atomic64_t) { (i) } )
|
#define ATOMIC64_INIT(i) ( (atomic64_t) { (i) } )
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -1,47 +1,7 @@
|
||||||
#ifndef _ALPHA_BYTEORDER_H
|
#ifndef _ALPHA_BYTEORDER_H
|
||||||
#define _ALPHA_BYTEORDER_H
|
#define _ALPHA_BYTEORDER_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <asm/types.h>
|
#include <asm/swab.h>
|
||||||
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
|
||||||
#include <asm/compiler.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static inline __attribute_const__ __u32 __arch__swab32(__u32 x)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* Unfortunately, we can't use the 6 instruction sequence
|
|
||||||
* on ev6 since the latency of the UNPKBW is 3, which is
|
|
||||||
* pretty hard to hide. Just in case a future implementation
|
|
||||||
* has a lower latency, here's the sequence (also by Mike Burrows)
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* UNPKBW a0, v0 v0: 00AA00BB00CC00DD
|
|
||||||
* SLL v0, 24, a0 a0: BB00CC00DD000000
|
|
||||||
* BIS v0, a0, a0 a0: BBAACCBBDDCC00DD
|
|
||||||
* EXTWL a0, 6, v0 v0: 000000000000BBAA
|
|
||||||
* ZAP a0, 0xf3, a0 a0: 00000000DDCC0000
|
|
||||||
* ADDL a0, v0, v0 v0: ssssssssDDCCBBAA
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
__u64 t0, t1, t2, t3;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
t0 = __kernel_inslh(x, 7); /* t0 : 0000000000AABBCC */
|
|
||||||
t1 = __kernel_inswl(x, 3); /* t1 : 000000CCDD000000 */
|
|
||||||
t1 |= t0; /* t1 : 000000CCDDAABBCC */
|
|
||||||
t2 = t1 >> 16; /* t2 : 0000000000CCDDAA */
|
|
||||||
t0 = t1 & 0xFF00FF00; /* t0 : 00000000DD00BB00 */
|
|
||||||
t3 = t2 & 0x00FF00FF; /* t3 : 0000000000CC00AA */
|
|
||||||
t1 = t0 + t3; /* t1 : ssssssssDDCCBBAA */
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return t1;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#define __arch__swab32 __arch__swab32
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#define __BYTEORDER_HAS_U64__
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <linux/byteorder/little_endian.h>
|
#include <linux/byteorder/little_endian.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#endif /* _ALPHA_BYTEORDER_H */
|
#endif /* _ALPHA_BYTEORDER_H */
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||||
|
#ifndef _ALPHA_SWAB_H
|
||||||
|
#define _ALPHA_SWAB_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <asm/types.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <asm/compiler.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifdef __GNUC__
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static inline __attribute_const__ __u32 __arch_swab32(__u32 x)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* Unfortunately, we can't use the 6 instruction sequence
|
||||||
|
* on ev6 since the latency of the UNPKBW is 3, which is
|
||||||
|
* pretty hard to hide. Just in case a future implementation
|
||||||
|
* has a lower latency, here's the sequence (also by Mike Burrows)
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* UNPKBW a0, v0 v0: 00AA00BB00CC00DD
|
||||||
|
* SLL v0, 24, a0 a0: BB00CC00DD000000
|
||||||
|
* BIS v0, a0, a0 a0: BBAACCBBDDCC00DD
|
||||||
|
* EXTWL a0, 6, v0 v0: 000000000000BBAA
|
||||||
|
* ZAP a0, 0xf3, a0 a0: 00000000DDCC0000
|
||||||
|
* ADDL a0, v0, v0 v0: ssssssssDDCCBBAA
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
__u64 t0, t1, t2, t3;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
t0 = __kernel_inslh(x, 7); /* t0 : 0000000000AABBCC */
|
||||||
|
t1 = __kernel_inswl(x, 3); /* t1 : 000000CCDD000000 */
|
||||||
|
t1 |= t0; /* t1 : 000000CCDDAABBCC */
|
||||||
|
t2 = t1 >> 16; /* t2 : 0000000000CCDDAA */
|
||||||
|
t0 = t1 & 0xFF00FF00; /* t0 : 00000000DD00BB00 */
|
||||||
|
t3 = t2 & 0x00FF00FF; /* t3 : 0000000000CC00AA */
|
||||||
|
t1 = t0 + t3; /* t1 : ssssssssDDCCBBAA */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return t1;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#define __arch_swab32 __arch_swab32
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* __GNUC__ */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif /* _ALPHA_SWAB_H */
|
|
@ -320,24 +320,6 @@ pcibios_update_irq(struct pci_dev *dev, int irq)
|
||||||
pci_write_config_byte(dev, PCI_INTERRUPT_LINE, irq);
|
pci_write_config_byte(dev, PCI_INTERRUPT_LINE, irq);
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Most Alphas have straight-forward swizzling needs. */
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
u8 __init
|
|
||||||
common_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
u8 pin = *pinp;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
while (dev->bus->parent) {
|
|
||||||
pin = bridge_swizzle(pin, PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn));
|
|
||||||
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
*pinp = pin;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* The slot is the slot of the last bridge. */
|
|
||||||
return PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
void
|
void
|
||||||
pcibios_resource_to_bus(struct pci_dev *dev, struct pci_bus_region *region,
|
pcibios_resource_to_bus(struct pci_dev *dev, struct pci_bus_region *region,
|
||||||
struct resource *res)
|
struct resource *res)
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -106,16 +106,11 @@ struct pci_iommu_arena;
|
||||||
* Where A = pin 1, B = pin 2 and so on and pin=0 = default = A.
|
* Where A = pin 1, B = pin 2 and so on and pin=0 = default = A.
|
||||||
* Thus, each swizzle is ((pin-1) + (device#-4)) % 4
|
* Thus, each swizzle is ((pin-1) + (device#-4)) % 4
|
||||||
*
|
*
|
||||||
* The following code swizzles for exactly one bridge. The routine
|
* pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin() swizzles for exactly one bridge. The routine
|
||||||
* common_swizzle below handles multiple bridges. But there are a
|
* pci_common_swizzle() handles multiple bridges. But there are a
|
||||||
* couple boards that do strange things, so we define this here.
|
* couple boards that do strange things.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static inline u8 bridge_swizzle(u8 pin, u8 slot)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
return (((pin-1) + slot) % 4) + 1;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* The following macro is used to implement the table-based irq mapping
|
/* The following macro is used to implement the table-based irq mapping
|
||||||
function for all single-bus Alphas. */
|
function for all single-bus Alphas. */
|
||||||
|
@ -184,7 +179,7 @@ extern int pci_probe_only;
|
||||||
extern unsigned long alpha_agpgart_size;
|
extern unsigned long alpha_agpgart_size;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
extern void common_init_pci(void);
|
extern void common_init_pci(void);
|
||||||
extern u8 common_swizzle(struct pci_dev *, u8 *);
|
#define common_swizzle pci_common_swizzle
|
||||||
extern struct pci_controller *alloc_pci_controller(void);
|
extern struct pci_controller *alloc_pci_controller(void);
|
||||||
extern struct resource *alloc_resource(void);
|
extern struct resource *alloc_resource(void);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ monet_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
||||||
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
|
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
pin = bridge_swizzle(pin, PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn)) ;
|
pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ eiger_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
/* Must be a card-based bridge. */
|
/* Must be a card-based bridge. */
|
||||||
pin = bridge_swizzle(pin, PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn));
|
pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ miata_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
||||||
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 9;
|
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 9;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
pin = bridge_swizzle(pin, PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn));
|
pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ noritake_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
||||||
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 15;
|
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 15;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
pin = bridge_swizzle(pin, PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn)) ;
|
pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ruffian_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
||||||
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 10;
|
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 10;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
pin = bridge_swizzle(pin, PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn));
|
pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ lynx_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
||||||
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 11;
|
slot = PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn) + 11;
|
||||||
break;
|
break;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
pin = bridge_swizzle(pin, PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn)) ;
|
pin = pci_swizzle_interrupt_pin(dev, pin);
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
/* Move up the chain of bridges. */
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -1325,6 +1325,8 @@ source "drivers/regulator/Kconfig"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
source "drivers/uio/Kconfig"
|
source "drivers/uio/Kconfig"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
source "drivers/staging/Kconfig"
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
endmenu
|
endmenu
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
source "fs/Kconfig"
|
source "fs/Kconfig"
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -1,801 +0,0 @@
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Automatically generated make config: don't edit
|
|
||||||
# Linux kernel version: 2.6.12-rc1-bk2
|
|
||||||
# Sun Mar 27 17:20:48 2005
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_ARM=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MMU=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_UID16=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_GENERIC_IOMAP=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Code maturity level options
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_COMPILE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BROKEN_ON_SMP=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# General setup
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LOCALVERSION=""
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SWAP=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SYSVIPC=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_POSIX_MQUEUE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BSD_PROCESS_ACCT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SYSCTL is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AUDIT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_HOTPLUG is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_KOBJECT_UEVENT=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IKCONFIG is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_EMBEDDED=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_KALLSYMS=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_KALLSYMS_EXTRA_PASS is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BASE_FULL=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FUTEX=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_EPOLL=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SHMEM=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_FUNCTIONS=0
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LABELS=0
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_LOOPS=0
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CC_ALIGN_JUMPS=0
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_TINY_SHMEM is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BASE_SMALL=0
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Loadable module support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MODULES is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# System Type
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS7500=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_CLPS711X is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_CO285 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_EBSA110 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_FOOTBRIDGE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_INTEGRATOR is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IOP3XX is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP4XX is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IXP2000 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_L7200 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_PXA is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_RPC is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SA1100 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_S3C2410 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_SHARK is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_LH7A40X is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_OMAP is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_VERSATILE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_IMX is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCH_H720X is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Processor Type
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CPU_32=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CPU_ARM710=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CPU_32v3=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_V3=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CPU_CACHE_VIVT=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CPU_COPY_V3=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CPU_TLB_V3=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Processor Features
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_TIMER_ACORN=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Bus support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_ISA=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# PCCARD (PCMCIA/CardBus) support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PCCARD is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Kernel Features
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_ALIGNMENT_TRAP=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Boot options
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_TEXT=0x0
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_ZBOOT_ROM_BSS=0x0
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CMDLINE="mem=16M root=nfs"
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_XIP_KERNEL is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Floating point emulation
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# At least one emulation must be selected
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FPE_NWFPE is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Userspace binary formats
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BINFMT_ELF=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BINFMT_AOUT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BINFMT_MISC is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARTHUR is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Power management options
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PM is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Device Drivers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Generic Driver Options
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_STANDALONE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PREVENT_FIRMWARE_BUILD=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FW_LOADER is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Memory Technology Devices (MTD)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MTD=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DEBUG is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CONCAT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# User Modules And Translation Layers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CHAR is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK_RO is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FTL is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NFTL is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INFTL is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# RAM/ROM/Flash chip drivers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_JEDECPROBE is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_1=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_2=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_4=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_8 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_16 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MAP_BANK_WIDTH_32 is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I1=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I2=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I4 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_CFI_I8 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_RAM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ROM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_ABSENT is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Mapping drivers for chip access
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_COMPLEX_MAPPINGS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Self-contained MTD device drivers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_SLRAM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_PHRAM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_MTDRAM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_BLKMTD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_BLOCK2MTD is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Disk-On-Chip Device Drivers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2000 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_DOC2001PLUS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# NAND Flash Device Drivers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MTD_NAND is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Parallel port support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PARPORT=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PARPORT_PC=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_FIFO=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_SUPERIO is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PARPORT_ARC is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PARPORT_GSC is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PARPORT_1284=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Plug and Play support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PNP is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Block devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_FD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_XD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PARIDE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_COW_COMMON is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_LOOP is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_NBD=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_COUNT=16
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_BLK_DEV_RAM_SIZE=4096
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE=""
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_CDROM_PKTCDVD is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# IO Schedulers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_IOSCHED_NOOP=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_IOSCHED_AS=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_IOSCHED_DEADLINE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_IOSCHED_CFQ=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ATA_OVER_ETH is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# ATA/ATAPI/MFM/RLL support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IDE is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# SCSI device support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SCSI is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Multi-device support (RAID and LVM)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MD is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Fusion MPT device support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# IEEE 1394 (FireWire) support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# I2O device support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Networking support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_NET=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Networking options
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PACKET is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NETLINK_DEV is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_UNIX=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_KEY is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INET=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IP_MULTICAST is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_DHCP is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_IP_PNP_BOOTP=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IP_PNP_RARP is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPIP is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_IPGRE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARPD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INET_AH is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INET_ESP is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INET_IPCOMP is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INET_TUNNEL is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IP_TCPDIAG_IPV6 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IPV6 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NETFILTER is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# SCTP Configuration (EXPERIMENTAL)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IP_SCTP is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ATM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BRIDGE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DECNET is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_LLC2 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IPX is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ATALK is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_X25 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_LAPB is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_DIVERT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ECONET is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_WAN_ROUTER is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# QoS and/or fair queueing
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_SCHED is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_CLS_ROUTE is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Network testing
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_PKTGEN is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NETPOLL is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_POLL_CONTROLLER is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_HAMRADIO is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IRDA is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BT is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_NETDEVICES=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_DUMMY=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BONDING is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_EQUALIZER is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_TUN is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# ARCnet devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ARCNET is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Ethernet (10 or 100Mbit)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_NET_ETHERNET=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MII is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_3COM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_LANCE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_SMC is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SMC91X is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_VENDOR_RACAL is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AT1700 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DEPCA is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_HP100 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_ISA is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_NET_PCI=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AC3200 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_APRICOT is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CS89x0=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_POCKET is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Ethernet (1000 Mbit)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Ethernet (10000 Mbit)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Token Ring devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_TR is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Wireless LAN (non-hamradio)
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NET_RADIO is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Wan interfaces
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_WAN is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PLIP is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PPP=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPP_FILTER is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPP_ASYNC is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPP_SYNC_TTY is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPP_DEFLATE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPP_BSDCOMP is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPPOE is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SLIP=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SLIP_COMPRESSED=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SLIP_SMART is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SLIP_MODE_SLIP6 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SHAPER is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NETCONSOLE is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# ISDN subsystem
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ISDN is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Input device support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INPUT=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Userland interfaces
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_PSAUX=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_X=1024
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV_SCREEN_Y=768
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_TSDEV is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_EVBUG is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Input Device Drivers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INPUT_KEYBOARD=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_KEYBOARD_ATKBD=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_SUNKBD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_LKKBD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_XTKBD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_KEYBOARD_NEWTON is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MOUSE_SERIAL is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MOUSE_INPORT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MOUSE_LOGIBM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MOUSE_PC110PAD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MOUSE_VSXXXAA is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_JOYSTICK is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_TOUCHSCREEN is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_INPUT_MISC is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Hardware I/O ports
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIO=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SERIO_SERPORT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SERIO_PARKBD is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIO_RPCKBD=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIO_LIBPS2=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SERIO_RAW is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_GAMEPORT is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SOUND_GAMEPORT=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Character devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_VT=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_VT_CONSOLE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_HW_CONSOLE=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_NONSTANDARD is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Serial drivers
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=4
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_EXTENDED is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Non-8250 serial port support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_UNIX98_PTYS=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTYS=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LEGACY_PTY_COUNT=256
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PRINTER=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_LP_CONSOLE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PPDEV is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_TIPAR is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# IPMI
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_IPMI_HANDLER is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Watchdog Cards
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_WATCHDOG is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NVRAM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_RTC is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DTLK is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_R3964 is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Ftape, the floppy tape device driver
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DRM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_RAW_DRIVER is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# TPM devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_TCG_TPM is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# I2C support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_I2C=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# I2C Algorithms
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_I2C_ALGOBIT=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCF is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ALGOPCA is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# I2C Hardware Bus support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_ELEKTOR is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PARPORT_LIGHT is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_PCA_ISA is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Hardware Sensors Chip support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_SENSOR is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1021 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1025 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1026 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ADM1031 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_ASB100 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_DS1621 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCHER is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_FSCPOS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL518SM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_GL520SM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_IT87 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM63 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM75 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM77 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM78 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM80 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM83 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM85 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM87 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_LM90 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_MAX1619 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PC87360 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47B397 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_SMSC47M1 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83781D is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83L785TS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_W83627HF is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Other I2C Chip support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_EEPROM is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8574 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_PCF8591 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SENSORS_RTC8564 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CORE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_ALGO is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_BUS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_I2C_DEBUG_CHIP is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Misc devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Multimedia devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Digital Video Broadcasting Devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DVB is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Graphics support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FB=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FB_CFB_FILLRECT=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FB_CFB_COPYAREA=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FB_CFB_IMAGEBLIT=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FB_SOFT_CURSOR=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FB_MODE_HELPERS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FB_TILEBLITTING is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FB_ACORN=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FB_VIRTUAL is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Console display driver support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_VGA_CONSOLE is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MDA_CONSOLE is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_DUMMY_CONSOLE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FRAMEBUFFER_CONSOLE=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FONTS=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FONT_8x8=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FONT_8x16=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FONT_6x11 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FONT_PEARL_8x8 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FONT_ACORN_8x8 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FONT_MINI_4x6 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FONT_SUN8x16 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_FONT_SUN12x22 is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Logo configuration
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LOGO=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_MONO=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_VGA16=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LOGO_LINUX_CLUT224=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BACKLIGHT_LCD_SUPPORT is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Sound
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SOUND is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# USB support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_USB_ARCH_HAS_OHCI is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_USB is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# USB Gadget Support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_USB_GADGET is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# MMC/SD Card support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MMC is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# File systems
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_EXT2_FS=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_EXT2_FS_XATTR is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_EXT3_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_JBD is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_REISERFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_JFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# XFS support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_XFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_MINIX_FS=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ROMFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_QUOTA is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_DNOTIFY=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CD-ROM/DVD Filesystems
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ISO9660_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_UDF_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MSDOS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_VFAT_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NTFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Pseudo filesystems
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PROC_FS=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SYSFS=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DEVFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DEVPTS_FS_XATTR is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_TMPFS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_HUGETLB_PAGE is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_RAMFS=y
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Miscellaneous filesystems
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ADFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AFFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_HFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_HFSPLUS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BEFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_BFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_EFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_JFFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_JFFS2_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_CRAMFS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_VXFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_HPFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_QNX4FS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SYSV_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_UFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Network File Systems
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_NFS_FS=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NFS_V3 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NFS_V4 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NFS_DIRECTIO is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NFSD is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_ROOT_NFS=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LOCKD=y
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_SUNRPC=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_KRB5 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_RPCSEC_GSS_SPKM3 is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SMB_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_CIFS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NCP_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_CODA_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AFS_FS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Partition Types
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_PARTITION_ADVANCED=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Native Language Support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_NLS is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Profiling support
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PROFILING is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Kernel hacking
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_PRINTK_TIME is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_KERNEL is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_LOG_BUF_SHIFT=14
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_FRAME_POINTER=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_DEBUG_USER is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Security options
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_KEYS is not set
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_SECURITY is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Cryptographic options
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_CRYPTO is not set
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Hardware crypto devices
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# Library routines
|
|
||||||
#
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_CRC_CCITT is not set
|
|
||||||
CONFIG_CRC32=y
|
|
||||||
# CONFIG_LIBCRC32C is not set
|
|
|
@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
|
||||||
include include/asm-generic/Kbuild.asm
|
include include/asm-generic/Kbuild.asm
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
unifdef-y += hwcap.h
|
unifdef-y += hwcap.h
|
||||||
|
unifdef-y += swab.h
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -12,10 +12,9 @@
|
||||||
#define __ASM_ARM_ATOMIC_H
|
#define __ASM_ARM_ATOMIC_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <linux/types.h>
|
||||||
#include <asm/system.h>
|
#include <asm/system.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
typedef struct { volatile int counter; } atomic_t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#define ATOMIC_INIT(i) { (i) }
|
#define ATOMIC_INIT(i) { (i) }
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifdef __KERNEL__
|
#ifdef __KERNEL__
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -15,38 +15,7 @@
|
||||||
#ifndef __ASM_ARM_BYTEORDER_H
|
#ifndef __ASM_ARM_BYTEORDER_H
|
||||||
#define __ASM_ARM_BYTEORDER_H
|
#define __ASM_ARM_BYTEORDER_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
#include <asm/swab.h>
|
||||||
#include <asm/types.h>
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static inline __attribute_const__ __u32 ___arch__swab32(__u32 x)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
__u32 t;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifndef __thumb__
|
|
||||||
if (!__builtin_constant_p(x)) {
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* The compiler needs a bit of a hint here to always do the
|
|
||||||
* right thing and not screw it up to different degrees
|
|
||||||
* depending on the gcc version.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
asm ("eor\t%0, %1, %1, ror #16" : "=r" (t) : "r" (x));
|
|
||||||
} else
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
||||||
t = x ^ ((x << 16) | (x >> 16)); /* eor r1,r0,r0,ror #16 */
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
x = (x << 24) | (x >> 8); /* mov r0,r0,ror #8 */
|
|
||||||
t &= ~0x00FF0000; /* bic r1,r1,#0x00FF0000 */
|
|
||||||
x ^= (t >> 8); /* eor r0,r0,r1,lsr #8 */
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return x;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#define __arch__swab32(x) ___arch__swab32(x)
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__KERNEL__)
|
|
||||||
# define __BYTEORDER_HAS_U64__
|
|
||||||
# define __SWAB_64_THRU_32__
|
|
||||||
#endif
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
#ifdef __ARMEB__
|
#ifdef __ARMEB__
|
||||||
#include <linux/byteorder/big_endian.h>
|
#include <linux/byteorder/big_endian.h>
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ struct pci_sys_data {
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* This is the standard PCI-PCI bridge swizzling algorithm.
|
* This is the standard PCI-PCI bridge swizzling algorithm.
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
u8 pci_std_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp);
|
#define pci_std_swizzle pci_common_swizzle
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Call this with your hw_pci struct to initialise the PCI system.
|
* Call this with your hw_pci struct to initialise the PCI system.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ typedef struct {
|
||||||
* modified for 2.6 by Hyok S. Choi <hyok.choi@samsung.com>
|
* modified for 2.6 by Hyok S. Choi <hyok.choi@samsung.com>
|
||||||
*/
|
*/
|
||||||
typedef struct {
|
typedef struct {
|
||||||
struct vm_list_struct *vmlist;
|
|
||||||
unsigned long end_brk;
|
unsigned long end_brk;
|
||||||
} mm_context_t;
|
} mm_context_t;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* arch/arm/include/asm/byteorder.h
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* ARM Endian-ness. In little endian mode, the data bus is connected such
|
||||||
|
* that byte accesses appear as:
|
||||||
|
* 0 = d0...d7, 1 = d8...d15, 2 = d16...d23, 3 = d24...d31
|
||||||
|
* and word accesses (data or instruction) appear as:
|
||||||
|
* d0...d31
|
||||||
|
*
|
||||||
|
* When in big endian mode, byte accesses appear as:
|
||||||
|
* 0 = d24...d31, 1 = d16...d23, 2 = d8...d15, 3 = d0...d7
|
||||||
|
* and word accesses (data or instruction) appear as:
|
||||||
|
* d0...d31
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __ASM_ARM_SWAB_H
|
||||||
|
#define __ASM_ARM_SWAB_H
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <linux/compiler.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <asm/types.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#if !defined(__STRICT_ANSI__) || defined(__KERNEL__)
|
||||||
|
# define __SWAB_64_THRU_32__
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
static inline __attribute_const__ __u32 __arch_swab32(__u32 x)
|
||||||
|
{
|
||||||
|
__u32 t;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#ifndef __thumb__
|
||||||
|
if (!__builtin_constant_p(x)) {
|
||||||
|
/*
|
||||||
|
* The compiler needs a bit of a hint here to always do the
|
||||||
|
* right thing and not screw it up to different degrees
|
||||||
|
* depending on the gcc version.
|
||||||
|
*/
|
||||||
|
asm ("eor\t%0, %1, %1, ror #16" : "=r" (t) : "r" (x));
|
||||||
|
} else
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
t = x ^ ((x << 16) | (x >> 16)); /* eor r1,r0,r0,ror #16 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
x = (x << 24) | (x >> 8); /* mov r0,r0,ror #8 */
|
||||||
|
t &= ~0x00FF0000; /* bic r1,r1,#0x00FF0000 */
|
||||||
|
x ^= (t >> 8); /* eor r0,r0,r1,lsr #8 */
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
return x;
|
||||||
|
}
|
||||||
|
#define __arch_swab32 __arch_swab32
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -479,33 +479,6 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcibios_resource_to_bus);
|
||||||
EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcibios_bus_to_resource);
|
EXPORT_SYMBOL(pcibios_bus_to_resource);
|
||||||
#endif
|
#endif
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* This is the standard PCI-PCI bridge swizzling algorithm:
|
|
||||||
*
|
|
||||||
* Dev: 0 1 2 3
|
|
||||||
* A A B C D
|
|
||||||
* B B C D A
|
|
||||||
* C C D A B
|
|
||||||
* D D A B C
|
|
||||||
* ^^^^^^^^^^ irq pin on bridge
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
u8 __devinit pci_std_swizzle(struct pci_dev *dev, u8 *pinp)
|
|
||||||
{
|
|
||||||
int pin = *pinp - 1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
while (dev->bus->self) {
|
|
||||||
pin = (pin + PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn)) & 3;
|
|
||||||
/*
|
|
||||||
* move up the chain of bridges,
|
|
||||||
* swizzling as we go.
|
|
||||||
*/
|
|
||||||
dev = dev->bus->self;
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
*pinp = pin + 1;
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
return PCI_SLOT(dev->devfn);
|
|
||||||
}
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
/*
|
/*
|
||||||
* Swizzle the device pin each time we cross a bridge.
|
* Swizzle the device pin each time we cross a bridge.
|
||||||
* This might update pin and returns the slot number.
|
* This might update pin and returns the slot number.
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ static struct expansion_card *__init ecard_alloc_card(int type, int slot)
|
||||||
ec->dma = NO_DMA;
|
ec->dma = NO_DMA;
|
||||||
ec->ops = &ecard_default_ops;
|
ec->ops = &ecard_default_ops;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
snprintf(ec->dev.bus_id, sizeof(ec->dev.bus_id), "ecard%d", slot);
|
dev_set_name(&ec->dev, "ecard%d", slot);
|
||||||
ec->dev.parent = NULL;
|
ec->dev.parent = NULL;
|
||||||
ec->dev.bus = &ecard_bus_type;
|
ec->dev.bus = &ecard_bus_type;
|
||||||
ec->dev.dma_mask = &ec->dma_mask;
|
ec->dev.dma_mask = &ec->dma_mask;
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -16,6 +16,7 @@
|
||||||
#include <linux/fs.h>
|
#include <linux/fs.h>
|
||||||
#include <linux/sysctl.h>
|
#include <linux/sysctl.h>
|
||||||
#include <linux/init.h>
|
#include <linux/init.h>
|
||||||
|
#include <linux/io.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static unsigned int isa_membase, isa_portbase, isa_portshift;
|
static unsigned int isa_membase, isa_portbase, isa_portshift;
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -92,9 +92,7 @@ void __kprobes arch_disarm_kprobe(struct kprobe *p)
|
||||||
void __kprobes arch_remove_kprobe(struct kprobe *p)
|
void __kprobes arch_remove_kprobe(struct kprobe *p)
|
||||||
{
|
{
|
||||||
if (p->ainsn.insn) {
|
if (p->ainsn.insn) {
|
||||||
mutex_lock(&kprobe_mutex);
|
|
||||||
free_insn_slot(p->ainsn.insn, 0);
|
free_insn_slot(p->ainsn.insn, 0);
|
||||||
mutex_unlock(&kprobe_mutex);
|
|
||||||
p->ainsn.insn = NULL;
|
p->ainsn.insn = NULL;
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
}
|
}
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ static struct clcd_board clcd_plat_data = {
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
static struct amba_device clcd_device = {
|
static struct amba_device clcd_device = {
|
||||||
.dev = {
|
.dev = {
|
||||||
.bus_id = "mb:16",
|
.init_name = "mb:16",
|
||||||
.coherent_dma_mask = ~0,
|
.coherent_dma_mask = ~0,
|
||||||
.platform_data = &clcd_plat_data,
|
.platform_data = &clcd_plat_data,
|
||||||
},
|
},
|
||||||
|
|
|
@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
|
||||||
#include <linux/module.h>
|
#include <linux/module.h>
|
||||||
#include <linux/pm.h>
|
#include <linux/pm.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
#include <asm/irq.h>
|
||||||
#include <asm/mach/arch.h>
|
#include <asm/mach/arch.h>
|
||||||
#include <asm/mach/map.h>
|
#include <asm/mach/map.h>
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in New Issue